di-uploads-pod4.dealerinspire.com · Gasoline UNLEADED gasoline AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher Fuel Tank Capacity 13.7 gal. (52 liters) Recommended Engine Oil API Service SM

GasolineUNLEADED gasoline AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higherFuel Tank Capacity13.7 gal. (52 liters)Recommended Engine OilAPI Service SM or above,ILSAC GF-4 or aboveEngine Oil Capacity with Filter2.0L Engine : 4.1 qts. (3.9 liters)2.4L Engine : 4.5 qts. (4.3 liters)Engine Coolant6.3 qts. (6.0 liters)Tire Pressure (measured cold)P195/65R15 : 32 psiP205/55R16 : 32 psiP215/45R17 : 32 psiAutomatic Transaxle FluidMICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV,NOCA ATF SP-IV, Kia genuine ATF SP-IVor other brands meeting the above specifi-cation approved by Kia motors corp. Capacity - 2.0L Engine : 7.5 qts. (7.1 liters)

2.4L Engine : 7.5 qts. (7.1 liters)Manual Transaxle FluidAPI Service GL-4 (SAE 75W-85, fill for-life)or other brands meeting the GL-4 specitica-tion approved by Kia Motors Corp.Capacity - 2.0L Engine : 2.0 qts. (1.9 liters)

2.4L Engine : 1.9 qts. (1.8 liters)Brake Fluid FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4Power Steering FluidPSF-4

GAS STATION INFORMATION

kia, the company

Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality, valuefor money prices, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with acustomer service experience that exceeds your expectations.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual is accurate at thetime of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changesat any time so that our policy of continual product improvement canbe carried out.

This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions andexplanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result,you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable toyour specific Kia vehicle.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!

i

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.When you require service, remember that your Kia Dealerknows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech-nicians, recommended special tools, genuine Kia replacementparts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction.Because subsequent owners require this important informationas well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it issold.This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte-nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup-plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manualthat provides important information on all warranties regardingyour vehicle.We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow therecommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operationof your new vehicle.Kia offers a great variety of options, components and featuresfor its various models. Therefore, some of the equipmentdescribed in this manual, along with the various illustrations,may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.

The information and specifications provided in this manualwere accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right todiscontinue or change specifications or design at any timewithout notice and without incurring any obligation. If youhave questions, always check with your Kia dealer.We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoringpleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.

© 2011 Kia MOTORS AMERICA, Inc.All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated inwhole or in part without the written consent of Kia MOTORSAMERICA, Inc.Printed in Korea

Foreword

ii

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety features of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications, Consumer information,Reporting safety defects

Index

table of contents

1How to use this manual / 1-2Fuel requirements / 1-3Vehicle break-in process / 1-4Vehicle data collection and event data recorders / 1-5Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-6

Introduction

Introduction

21

A010000AAM

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from your vehi-cle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist youin many ways. We strongly recommendthat you read the entire manual. In orderto minimize the chance of death or injury,you must read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the words in thismanual to best explain how to enjoy yourvehicle. By reading your manual, you willlearn about features, important safetyinformation, and driving tips under vari-ous road conditions.

The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. Use theindex when looking for a specific area orsubject; it has an alphabetical listing of allinformation in your manual.Sections: This manual has eight sectionsplus an index. Each section begins with abrief list of contents so you can tell at aglance if that section has the informationyou want.

You will find various types of safetyinstructions in this manual. Theseinstructions were prepared to enhanceyour personal safety. Carefully read andfollow ALL procedures and recommen-dations provided in these instructions.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting or help-ful information is being provided.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation inwhich harm, serious bodily injury ordeath could result if the warning isignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich damage to your vehicle couldresult if the caution is ignored.

1 3

Introduction

A020101AHM-EU

Your new Kia vehicle is designed to useonly unleaded fuel having a pump octanenumber ((R+M)/2) of 87 (ResearchOctane Number 91) or higher.

Your new vehicle is designed to obtainmaximum performance with UNLEADEDFUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis-sions and spark plug fouling.

Never add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other than whathas been specified. (Consult an author-ized Kia dealer for details.)

✽✽ NOTICETighten the cap until it clicks one time,otherwise the Check Engine lightwill illuminate.

A020103AUN-EU

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alcohol),and gasoline or gasohol containingmethanol (also known as wood alcohol)are being marketed along with or insteadof leaded or unleaded gasoline.Do not use gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline orgasohol containing any methanol. Eitherof these fuels may cause drivability prob-lems and damage to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of any kind ifdrivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or drivability problemsmay not be covered by the manufactur-er’s warranty if they result from the useof:1. Gasohol containing more than 10%

ethanol.2. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per-cent gasoline, and is manufacturedexclusively for use in Flexible FuelVehicles. “E85” is not compatible withyour vehicle. Use of “E85” may result inpoor engine performance and damage toyour vehicle's engine and fuel system.Kia recommends that customers do notuse fuel with an ethanol content exceed-ing 10 percent.

✽✽ NOTICEYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantydoes not cover damage to the fuel systemor any performance problems caused bythe use of “E85” fuel.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

WARNING - Refueling• Do not "top off" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

Introduction

41

A020105AUN

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your vehicle.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

✽✽ NOTICEYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuel systemand any performance problems that arecaused by the use of fuels containingmethanol.

Fuel AdditivesKia recommends that you use good qual-ity gasolines treated with detergent addi-tives such as TOP TIER DetergentGasoline, which help prevent deposit for-mation in the engine. These gasolineswill help the engine run cleaner andenhance performance of the EmissionControl System. For more information onTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, pleasego to the website (www.toptiergas.com).

For customers who do not use TOP TierDetergent Gasoline regularly, and haveproblems starting or the engine does notrun smoothly, additives that you can buyseparately may be added to the gasoline.If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is notavailable, one bottle of additive added tothe fuel tank at every 7,500mile or everyengine oil change is recommended.Additives are available from your author-ized Kia dealer along with information onhow to use them. Do not mix other addi-tives.

A020107AUN

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehicle inanother country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding reg-

istration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-

able.

A030000AUN

No special break-in period is needed. Byfollowing a few simple precautions for thefirst 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add tothe performance, economy and life ofyour vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine speed

(rpm, or revolutions per minute)between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for longperiods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

• Don't let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,200miles (2,000 km) of operation.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS

1 5

Introduction

This vehicle is equipped with an eventdata recorder (EDR). The main pur-pose of an EDR is to record, in certaincrash or near crash-like situations,such as an air bag deployment or hit-ting a road obstacle, data that willassist in understanding how a vehi-cle's systems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safety systemsfor a short period of time, typically 30seconds or less. The EDR in this vehi-cle is designed to record such dataas:* How various systems in your vehicle

were operating:* Whether or not the driver and pas-

senger safety belts were buckled/fastened;

* How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/orbrake pedal; and,

* How fast the vehicle was traveling.

This data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstancesin which crashes and injuries occur.NOTE: EDR data is recorded by yourvehicle only if a nontrivial crash situa-tion occurs; no data is recorded by theEDR under normal driving conditionsand no personal data (e.g., name, gen-der, age, and crash location) is record-ed. However, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type of personallyidentifying data routinely acquiredduring a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, spe-cial equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded.In addition to the vehicle manufactur-er, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, that have the special equip-ment, can read the information if theyhave access to the vehicle or the EDR.

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

Introduction

61

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTERA050000BTD-EU

Seat belt warning light

High beam indicator

Turn signal indicator

ABS warning light*

Parking brake & Brake fluidwarning light

Engine oil pressure warning light

Charging system warning light

ESC indicator

ESC OFF indicator

Malfunction indicator*

Air bag warning light*

Cruise indicator*

Cruise SET indicator*

Low fuel level warning light

❈ For more detailed explanations, refer to “Instrument cluster” in section 4.

Door ajar warning light

Trunk lid (or tailgate) openwarning light

Front fog light indicator*

Engine coolant temperaturewarning light*

Electric power steering (EPS)system warning light*

Shift pattern indicator

* : if equipped

Low Tire Pressure Telltale*

ECOMINDER® indicator*ECO

Immobilizer indicator*

2Interior overview / 2-2Instrument panel overview / 2-3Engine compartment / 2-4



22

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

B010000ATD

1. Door lock/unlock button ......................4-9

2. Outside rearview mirror control switch*...............................................4-34

3. Power window lock button* ...............4-19

4. Central door lock switch* ..................4-10

5. Power window switches*...................4-17

6. Instrument panel illumination controlknob*.................................................4-38

7. ESC OFF button ...............................5-25

8. Front wiper deicer button*.................4-67

9. Steering wheel tilt lever* ...................4-31

10. Hood release lever .........................4-20

11. Clutch pedal* ....................................5-9

12. Brake pedal.....................................5-23

13. Accelerator pedal..............................5-9

14. Trunk lid release lever (4 door, 2 door vehicle only) ...........4-13

15. Fuel filler lid release lever ...............4-22

* : if equipped

OTD019001N

2 3


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

B020000ATD

OTDC019002N

1. Instrument cluster .............................4-36

2. Light control / Turn signals................4-58

3. Wiper/Washer ...................................4-62

4. Horn ..................................................4-31

5. Steering wheel audio control*...........4-94

6. Auto cruise control*...........................5-30

7. Driver’s air bag..................................3-44

8. Steering wheel ..................................4-29

9. Ignition switch* or ENGINE START/STOP button*.....5-4/5-6

10. Digital clock.....................................4-91

11. Hazard ......................................4-58/6-2

12. Audio* .............................................4-93

13. Climate control system ...........4-68/4-77

14. Shift lever................................5-12/5-15

15. Aux, USB and iPod port* ................4-96

16. Power outlet*...................................4-90

17. Seat warmer* ....................................3-8

18. Passenger’s air bag ........................3-44

19. Glove box........................................4-87

* : if equipped


42

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-17

2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-16

3. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir ..............7-20

4. Air cleaner.........................................7-23

5. Fuse box ...........................................7-46

6. Positive battery terminal ...................7-29

7. Negative battery terminal..................7-29

8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-22

9. Radiator cap .....................................7-18

10. Engine oil dipstick ...........................7-16

11. Power steering fluid reservoir*........7-21

* : if equipped

OTD071055N-1B010000ATD

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

3

Seat / 3-2Seat belts / 3-15Child restraint system / 3-25Airbag-advanced supplemental restraint system / 3-33



23

C010000ATD-EU

Driver’s seat(1) Seat adjustment, forward / backward(2) Seatback recliner(3) Seat adjustment, height*(4) Seat warmer switch*(5) Headrest adjustment

Front passenger’s seat(6) Seat adjustment, forward / backward(7) Seatback recliner(8) Seat warmer switch*(9) Walk-in seat (for 2door vehicle only)(10) Headrest adjustment

Rear seat(11) Armrest*(12) Headrest adjustment*(13) Seatback folding lever

(for 4 door, 2 door vehicle only)(14) Seatback folding lever

(for 5 door vehicle only)

* : if equipped

SEAT

OTD031001N

3 3


WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust the seat

while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control ofyour vehicle.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback.

• Sit as far back as possible fromthe steering wheel while stillmaintaining comfortable controlof your vehicle. A distance of atleast 10" from your chest to thesteering wheel is recommended.Failure to do so can result inairbag inflation injuries to thedriver.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

Do not press the release lever on amanual seatback without holdingand controlling the seatback. Theseatback will spring upright possi-bly impacting you or other passen-gers.

WARNING - Loose objectsDo not place anything in the dri-ver's foot well or under the frontseats. Loose objects in the driver'sfoot area could interfere with theoperation of the foot pedals.

WARNING - Driver respon-sibility for passengers

The driver must advise the passen-ger to keep the seatback in anupright position whenever the vehi-cle is in motion. If a seat is reclinedduring an accident, the occupant'ships may slide under the lap por-tion of the seat belt, applying greatforce to the unprotected abdomen.

WARNING- Seat cushionOccupants should never sit on seatcushions. The passenger's hipsmay slide under the lap portion ofthe seat belt during an accident ora sudden stop.


43

Front seat adjustmentC010101AHM

Forward and backwardTo move the seat forward or backward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up

and hold it.2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.3. Release the lever and make sure the

seat is locked in place.Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

OTD039002

WARNING - Seat adjustment

• Do not adjust the seat while wear-ing seat belts. Moving the seatforward will cause strong pres-sure on the abdomen.

• Do not place your hand near theseat bottom or seat track whileadjusting the seat. Your handcould get caught in the seatmechanism.

WARNING - Unexpectedseat movement

After adjusting a manual seat,always check that it is locked byshifting your weight to the front andback. Sudden or unexpected move-ment of the driver's seat couldcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

3 5


C010102AHM

Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the

seatback recline lever.2. Carefully lean back on the seat and

adjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

C010103APB

Seat height (for driver’s seat) (if equipped)To change the height of the seat, movethe lever upwards or downwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push down

the lever several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull up the

lever several times.

C010104BPB

HeadrestThe driver's and front passenger's seatsare equipped with a headrest for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor the driver and front passenger, butalso helps protect the head and neck inthe event of a collision.For maximum effectiveness in case of anaccident, the headrest should be adjust-ed so the middle of the headrest is at thesame height of the center of gravity of anoccupant's head. Generally, the center ofgravity of most people's head is similarwith the height of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as close to yourhead as possible.

OTD039003 OMG038400OTD039004


63

For this reason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from the seatback isnot recommended.

Forward and backward adjustment The headrest may be adjusted forward to3 different positions by pulling the head-rest forward to the desired detent. Toadjust the headrest to it’s furthest back-wards position, pull it fully forward to thefarthest position and release it. Adjust theheadrest so that it properly supports thehead and neck.

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

OTD039006OTD039005

WARNING - Headrestremoval/adjustment

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed.Headrests can provide criticalneck and head support in acrash.

• Do not adjust the headrest heightwhile the vehicle is in motion.Driver may lose control of thevehicle.

3 7


RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button (1)while pulling the headrest upward (2).

ReinstallTo reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (2).Then adjust (1)it to the appropriate height.Make sure the headrest locks in positionafter adjusting it to properly protect theoccupants.

Active headrest (if equipped)The active headrest is designed to moveforward and upward during a rear impact.This helps to prevent the driver's andfront passenger’s head from movingbackward and thus helps prevent neckinjuries.

OTD039007 OTD039008 HNF2041-1


83

C010107ATD

Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmers are provided to warmthe front seats during cold weather. Withthe ignition switch in the ON position,push either of the switches to warm thedriver's seat or the front passenger'sseat.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in theOFF position.

With the seat warmer switch in the ONposition, the heating system in the seatturns off or on automatically dependingon the seat temperature.

CAUTION - Seat damage• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such aspaint thinner, benzene, alcoholand gasoline. Doing so may dam-age the surface of the heater orseats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place anything onthe seats that insulates againstheat, such as blankets, cushionsor seat covers while the seatwarmer is in operation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components couldoccur.

OTD031009

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warmersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. The occupantsmust be able to feel if the seat isbecoming too warm and to turn theseat warmer off. The seat warmermay cause burns even at low tem-peratures, especially if used forlong periods of time.In particular, the driver must exer-cise extreme care for the followingtypes of passengers:1. Infants, children, elderly or dis-

abled persons, or hospital outpa-tients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)

3 9


C010110BTD

Rear seat entry (for 2door vehicle only)The front passenger's seatback shouldbe tilted to enter the rear seat.

By pulling up the walk-in seat lever (2) onthe back of the front passenger’s seat-back, the seatback will tilt forward. Thenpush the seat forward to allow the occu-pants to enter.

By pulling up the seatback, the seatbackwill recline and return to the original posi-tion.

C010108ATD-EU

Seatback pocket (if equipped)The seatback pocket is provided on theback of the front passenger’s seatback.

WARNING - Seatbackpocket

Do not put heavy or sharp objectsin the seatback pocket. An occu-pant could contact such objects ina crash. Heavy objects in the frontpassenger seatback could alsointerfere with the airbag sensingsystem.

OMG039017WARNING

Never attempt to adjust the seatwhile the vehicle is moving or whenthe passenger's seat is occupied asthe seat may suddenly move andinjure the passenger.

OTD039042N


103

Rear seat adjustmentC010307ATD

Folding the rear seat (if equipped)The rear seatbacks may be folded tofacilitate carrying long items or toincrease the luggage capacity of thevehicle.

To fold the rear seatback :■■ 4 door, 2 door vehicle1. Set the front seatback to the upright

position and if necessary slide thefront seat forward.

2. Lower the rear headrest to the lowestposition.

3. Open the trunk.

4. Pull out the lock release knob.5. Fold the seatback forward and down

firmly.

WARNING Never allow passengers sit on topof the folded down seatback whilethe vehicle is moving. This is not aproper seating position and no seatbelts are available for use. Thiscould result in serious injury ordeath in case of an accident or sud-den stop.

WARNING - ObjectsObjects carried on the folded downseatback should not extend higherthan the top of the front seatbacks.This could allow cargo to slide for-ward and cause injury or damageduring sudden stops.

OHD036025

OHD036118

3 11


6. To use the rear seat, lift and push theseatback backward firmly until it clicksinto place.

7. Return the rear seat belt to the properposition.

If the seat belt locks after unfolding therear seatback, pull out the locked seatbelt, release it then pull it out again.

■■ 5 door vehicle1. Set the front seatback to the upright

position and if necessary, slide thefront seat forward.

2. Pull the cushion folding strap (1) andlift the front portion of the seat cushion.

3. Lift the rear portion of the seat cush-ion. Stand the rear seat cushion verti-cally.

4. Remove the headrest from the rearseatback.

5. Stow the headrest by inserting theheadrest poles into the holder on thebottom of the seat cushion.

OHD036119

OTD031105

OTD031106

OFD037008


123

6. Pull the lock release lever (red visible)and fold the rear seatback forward anddown firmly.

7. To use the rear seat, lift and push theseatback backward firmly until it clicksinto place. Make sure the seatback islocked in place (red invisible).

8. Reposition the headrest on the seat-back and adjust it to the desired posi-tion.

9. Return the seat cushion to the originalposition by pushing down the rear sideof the seat cushion first. Make sure theseat cushion is locked in place.

10. Return the rear seat belt to the prop-er position.

When returning the rear seatbacks to theupright position, remember to return therear shoulder belts to their proper posi-tion.

OTD031107

OTD031108

OFD037013

OTD031109

OTD031110

3 13


C010303APB

Headrest■ 4 door, 2 door vehicleThe rear seat(s) is equipped with head-rests in the outboard seating positions forthe occupant's safety and comfort.■ 5 door vehicleThe rear seat is equipped with headrestsin all the seating positions for the occu-pant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor passengers, but also helps protect thehead and neck in the event of a collision.For maximum effectiveness in case of anaccident, the headrest should be adjust-ed so the middle of the headrest is at thesame height of the center of gravity of anoccupant's head. Generally, the center ofgravity of most people's head is similarwith the height as the top of their eyes.Also adjust the headrest as close to yourhead as possible. For this reason, theuse of a cushion that holds the bodyaway from the seatback is not recom-mended.

WARNING - CargoDo not place heavy objects in therear seats, since they cannot beproperly secured and may hit vehi-cle occupants in a frontal collision.

WARNING - Rear seatbackWhen returning the rear seatbackfrom a folded to an upright posi-tion, hold the seatback and return itslowly. Ensure that the seatback iscompletely locked into its uprightposition by pushing on the top ofthe seatback. In an accident or sud-den stop, the unlocked seatbackcould allow cargo to move forwardwith great force and enter the pas-senger compartment.


143

Adjusting the height up and down (if equipped)To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(1) while pulling the headrest upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height and ensure thatit locks in position.

WARNING - Headrestremoval

Do not operate the vehicle with theheadrests removed. Headrests canprovide critical neck and head sup-port in a crash.

OMG035036 OMG039037

3 15


C010304ATD

Armrest (if equipped)To use the armrest, pull it forward fromthe seatback.

C020100AHM

Seat belt restraint systemSeat belts are designed to bear upon thebony structure of the body, and shouldbe worn low across the front of the pelvisor the pelvis, chest and shoulders, asapplicable; wearing the lap section of thebelt across the abdominal area must beavoided.Seat belts should be adjusted as firmlyas possible, consistent with comfort, toprovide the protection for which theyhave been designed.A slack belt will greatly reduce the pro-tection afforded to the wearer.Care should be taken to avoid contami-nation of the webbing with polishes, oilsand chemicals, and particularly batteryacid. Cleaning may safely be carried outusing mild soap and water. The beltshould be replaced if webbing becomesfrayed, contaminated or damaged.• For maximum restraint system protec-

tion, the seat belts must always beused whenever the vehicle is moving.A properly positioned shoulder beltshould be positioned midway over yourshoulder across your collarbone.

• Never allow children to ride in the frontpassenger seat. See child restraintsystem section for further discussion.

OTD039010

SEAT BELTS

WARNING - Shoulder beltNever wear the shoulder belt underyour arm or behind your back. Animproperly positioned shoulderbelt cannot protect the occupant ina crash.

WARNING - Damaged seatbelt

Replace the entire seat belt assem-bly if any part of the webbing orhardware is damage as you can nolonger be sure that a damage seatbelt will provide protection in acrash.

WARNING - Twisted seatbelt

Make sure your seat belt is nottwisted when worn. A twisted seatbelt may not properly protect you inan accident and could even cut intoyour body.


163

C020101ATD-EU

Seat belt warningAs a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON regardless of belt fastening.

If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned on, theseat belt warning light and the seat beltwarning chime will operate for approxi-mately 6 seconds. But if it is refastenedwithin the 6 seconds, the warning lightwill blink till the 6 seconds and the warn-ing chime will turn off immediately.If the driver's seat belt is disconnectedafter the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the seat belt warning lightwill operate for approximately 6 seconds.But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds,the warning light will turn off immediately.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph(10 km/h), the seat belt warning light andchime will operate for approximately 11times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and24 seconds off until the belt is fastenedor the vehicle speed decreases below 3mph (5 km/h).

1GQA2083

WARNING - Seat belt buckle

Do not allow foreign material (gum,crumbs, coins, etc.) to obstruct theseat belt buckle. This may preventthe seat belt from fastening secure-ly.

3 17


C020102ATD-EU

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point systemwith emergency locking retractorTo fasten your seat belt:To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (1) intothe buckle (2). There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt por-tion is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt willextend and let you move around. If thereis a sudden stop or impact, the belt willlock into position. It will also lock if you tryto lean forward too quickly.

If you are not able to pull out the seat beltfrom the retractor, firmly pull the belt outand release it. Then you will be able topull the belt out smoothly.

Height adjustment (if equipped)You can adjust the height of the shoulderbelt anchor to one of the 4 positions formaximum comfort and safety.The height of the adjusting seat beltshould not be too close to your neck. Theshoulder portion should be adjusted sothat it lies across your chest and midwayover your shoulder near the door and notyour neck.To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the height adjusterinto an appropriate position.

B180A01NF

1

2

OMG035038


183

To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).To lower it, push it down (3) while press-ing the height adjuster button (2).Release the button to lock the anchorinto position. Try sliding the heightadjuster to make sure that it has lockedinto position.

You should place the lap belt portion aslow as possible and snugly across yourhips. If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase the chance ofinjury in the event of a collision.The arm closest to the seat belt buckleshould be over the belt while the otherarm should be under the belt as shown inthe illustration.

C020106AUN

Seat belts - Front passenger and rearseat 3-point system with combinationlocking retractorTo fasten your seat belt: Combination retractor type seat belts areinstalled in the rear seat positions to helpaccommodate the installation of childrestraint systems. Although a combina-tion retractor is also installed in the frontpassenger seat position, it is stronglyrecommended that children always beseated in the rear seat. NEVER placeany infant restraint system in the frontseat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines the fea-tures of both an emergency lockingretractor seat belt and an automatic lock-ing retractor seat belt. To fasten your seatbelt, pull it out of the retractor and insertthe metal tab into the buckle. There willbe an audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle. When not securing achild restraint, the seat belt operates inthe same way as the driver's seat belt(Emergency Locking Retractor Type). Itautomatically adjusts to the proper lengthonly after the lap belt portion of the seatbelt is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips.

WARNING - Shoulder beltposition

Never position the shoulder beltacross your neck or face.

WARNING - Seat beltreplacement

Replace your seat belts after beingin an accident. Failure to replaceseat belts after an accident couldleave you with damaged seat beltsthat will not provide protection inthe event of another collision.

B200A01NF

3 19


When the seat belt is fully extended fromthe retractor to allow the installation of achild restraint system, the seat belt oper-ation changes to allow the belt to retract,but not to extend (Automatic LockingRetractor Type). Refer to “Using a childrestraint system” in this section.To convert from the automatic lockingfeature to the emergency locking opera-tion mode, allow the unbuckled seat beltto fully retract.

When using the rear center seat belt, thebuckle with the “CENTER” mark must beused. (if equipped)

To release the seat belt:The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button (1) of the locking buckle.When it is released, the belt should auto-matically draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.

OBH038023N B210A01NF-1


203

C020200ATD-EU

Pre-tensioner seat belt (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with driver's andfront passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in certainfrontal collisions (or side collisions). Thepre-tensioner seat belts may be activatedin crashes, where the frontal collision issevere enough.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. In certain frontal collisions,the pre-tensioner will activate and pullthe seat belt into tighter contact againstthe occupant's body.If the system senses excessive seat belttension on the driver or passenger's seatbelt when the pre-tensioner activates, theload limiter inside the pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt. (if equipped)

The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module4. Anchor pre-tensioner assembly

(if equipped)

OMG035300 1KMB3311A

3 21


Both the driver's and front passenger'spre-tensioner seat belts may be activatedin certain frontal collisions.The pre-tensioners will not be activated ifthe seat belts are not being worn at thetime of the collision.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal operat-ing conditions and are not hazardous.

Because the sensor that activates theSRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bagwarning light ( ) on the instrumentpanel will illuminate for approximately 6seconds after the ignition switch hasbeen turned to the ON position, and thenit should turn off.If the pre-tensioner seat belt does notwork properly, this warning light will illu-minate even if the SRS air bag has notmalfunctioned. If the SRS air bag warn-ing light does not illuminate when theignition switch is turned ON, or if itremains illuminated after illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds, or if it illumi-nates while the vehicle is being driven,please have an authorized Kia dealerinspect the pre-tensioner seat belt orSRS air bag system as soon as possible.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not attempt to service or repair thepre-tensioner seat belt system in anymanner. Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seat beltsyourself. This must be done by anauthorized Kia dealer.

WARNING - Skin irritationWash all exposed skin areas thor-oughly after an accident in whichthe pre-tensioner seat belts wereactivated. The fine dust from thepre-tensioner activation may causeskin irritation and should not bebreathed for prolonged periods.


223

Pre-tensioners are designed to operateonly one time. After activation, pre-ten-sioner seat belts must be replaced. If thepre-tensioner must be replaced, contactan authorized Kia dealer.

Seat belt precautionsInfant or small childAll 50 states have child restraint laws.Youshould be aware of the specific require-ments in your state. Child and/or infantseats must be properly placed andinstalled in the rear seat. For more infor-mation about the use of these restraints,refer to “Child restraint system” in thissection.

C020301AHM

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occupythe rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portion shouldbe fastened and snugged on the hipsand as low as possible. Check if the beltfits periodically. A child's squirming couldput the belt out of position. Children aregiven the most safety in the event of anaccident when they are restrained by aproper restraint system in the rear seat. Ifa larger child (over age 12) must be seat-ed in the front seat, the child should besecurely restrained by the availablelap/shoulder belt and the seat should beplaced in the rearmost position. Childrenage 12 and under should be restrainedsecurely in the rear seat. NEVER place achild age 12 and under in the front seat.NEVER place a rear facing child seat inthe front seat of a vehicle.If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the center of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they need to be returned to achild restraint system.

WARNING - Hot pretensioner

Do not touch the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies for several minutesafter they have been activated.When the pre-tensioner seat beltmechanism fires during a collisionthe pre-tensioner becomes hot andcan burn you.

3 23


C020302AKM

Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wear lap/shoul-der belt assemblies whenever possibleaccording to specific recommendationsby their doctors. The lap portion of thebelt should be worn AS SNUGLY ANDLOW AS POSSIBLE.

C020303AUN

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you should con-sult a physician for recommendations.

C020304AUN

One person per beltTwo people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

C020305APB

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve maxi-mum effectiveness of the restraint system,all passengers should be sitting up andthe front seats should be in an uprightposition when the vehicle is moving. Aseat belt cannot provide proper protectionif the person is lying down in the rear seator if the front seat is in a reclined position.

WARNING - Small childrenDo not allow small children to ridein the vehicle without an appropri-ate child restraint system. If theshoulder belt comes in contact withyour child's neck or face your childis too small to ride in the vehicle. Ina crash the seat belt will inflictinjury to your child's neck, throatand face. WARNING - Pregnant

womenPregnant women must never placethe lap portion of the seat beltabove or on the abdomen wherethe fetus is located.The force of theseat belt during a collision willcrush the fetus.


243

C020400AEN

Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never be disas-sembled or modified. In addition, careshould be taken to assure that seat beltsand belt hardware are not damaged byseat hinges, doors or other abuse.

C020401AEN

Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspected peri-odically for wear or damage of any kind.Any damaged parts should be replacedas soon as possible.

C020402AUN

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

C020403ASA

When to replace seat beltsThe entire in-use seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an accident.This should be done even if no damageis visible. Additional questions concern-ing seat belt operation should be directedto an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING - Pinched seatbelt

Make sure that the webbing and/orbuckle does not get caught orpinched in the rear seat whenreturning the rear seatback to itsupright position. A caught orpinched webbing/buckle maybecome damaged and could failduring a collision or sudden stop.

3 25


CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMC030000ATD-EU

Children riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimize the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmaneuver. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat. Larger children who are not ina child restraint should use one of theseat belts provided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your state. Child and/orinfant safety seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Youmust use a commercially available childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (FMVSS).Child restraint systems are designed to besecured in vehicle seats by seat belt, or bya tether anchor and/or LATCH anchors (ifequipped).

Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your vehicleseat and seat belts, and fits your child.Follow all the instructions provided by themanufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

When the child restraint system is not inuse, store it in the luggage area or fastenit with a seat belt so that it will not bethrown forward in case of a sudden stopor an accident.

WARNING- Restraint location

Never install a child or infant seaton the front passenger's seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struck byan inflating airbag.

WARNING- Hot childrestraint

A child restraint system canbecome very hot if it is left in aclosed vehicle on a sunny day. Besure to check the seat cover, buck-les and latches before placing achild in the restraint system.


263

C030100AHM-EU

Using a child restraint systemFor small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required.Thischild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer's instructions.For safety reasons, we recommend thatthe child restraint system be used in therear seats.

WARNING - Holding children

Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe car’s interior.Always use a child restraint systemwhich is appropriate for yourchild's height and weight.

WARNING - UnattendedChildren

Never leave children unattended ina vehicle. The car can heat up veryquickly, resulting in injuries to thechild in the vehicle.

WARNING - Seat belt useDo not use one seat belt for twooccupants at the same time. Thiswill eliminate any safety benefitprovided by the seat belt to theoccupants.

CRS09

OTQ037038

Rearward-facing child restraint system

Forward-facing child restraint system

3 27


Since all passenger seat belts movefreely under normal conditions and onlylock under extreme or emergency condi-tions (emergency lock mode), you mustmanually change these seat belts to theauto lock mode to secure a childrestraint.If the seat belt does not operate asdescribed in this section, have the sys-tem checked immediately by your author-ized Kia dealer.

C030102AAM-EU

Placing a passenger seat belt intothe auto lock mode The auto lock mode will help prevent thenormal movement of the child in the vehi-cle from causing the seat belt to loosenand compromise the child restraint sys-tem. To secure a child restraint system,use the following procedure.

WARNING - Child seatinstallation

• Always follow the instructionsprovided by the child restraintsystem manufacturer. Childrestraint system manufacturersknow their products best.

• Failure to observe this manual'sinstructions regarding childrestraint system and the instruc-tions provided with the childrestraint system could result inthe improper installation of thechild restraint system which mayreduce the protection to yourchild in a crash or a sudden stop.

E2MS103005


283

To install a child restraint system on theoutboard or center rear seats, do the fol-lowing:1. Place the child restraint system in the

seat and route the lap/shoulder beltaround or through the restraint, follow-ing the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Be sure the seat belt web-bing is not twisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”sound.

Position the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seatbelt all the way out. When the shoulderportion of the seat belt is fully extend-ed, it will shift the retractor to the “AutoLock” (child restraint) mode.

4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion ofthe seat belt to retract and listen for anaudible “clicking” or “ratcheting” sound.This indicates that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode. If no distinctsound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

OEN036101 OEN036102 OEN036103

3 29


5. Remove as much slack from the beltas possible by pushing down on thechild restraint system while feeding theshoulder belt back into the retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seat belt isholding it firmly in place. If it is not,release the seat belt and repeat steps2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode by attempting topull more of the seat belt out of theretractor. If you cannot, the retractor isin the “Auto Lock” mode.

The lap/shoulder belt automaticallyreturns to the “emergency lock mode”whenever the belt is allowed to retractfully.

Therefore, the preceding seven stepsmust be followed each time a childrestraint is installed.To remove the child restraint, press therelease button on the buckle and thenpull the lap/shoulder belt out of therestraint and allow the seat belt to retractfully.

C030103ATD

Securing a child restraint seat withtether anchorage system (if equipped) Child restraint hook holders are locatedon the shelf behind the rear seats.

OEN036104

WARNING - Auto lockmode

Set the retractor to Automatic Lockmode when installing any childrestraint system.If the retractor is not in theAutomatic Locking mode, the childrestraint can move when your vehi-cle turns or stops suddenly.

OTD039033L

Tether Anchor Cover Child Restraint HookHolder


303

1. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable headrest,route the tether strap under the head-rest and between the headrest posts,otherwise route the tether strap overthe top of the seatback.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to theappropriate child restraint hook holderand tighten to secure the child restraintseat.

Check that the child restraint system issecure by pushing and pulling it in differ-ent directions. Incorrectly fitted childrestraints may swing, twist, tip or sepa-rate causing death or serious injury.

C030104AHM-EU

Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower anchor systemSome child seat manufacturers makechild restraint seats that are labeled asLATCH or LATCH-compatible childrestraint seats. LATCH stands for "LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children". Theseseats include two rigid or webbingmounted attachments that connect totwo LATCH anchors at specific seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type ofchild restraint seat eliminates the need touse seat belts to attach the child seat inthe rear seats.

OTD039032L

WARNING - Tether strapNever mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether or to asingle lower anchorage point. Theincreased load caused by multipleseats may cause the tethers oranchorage points to break.

Child Restraint Hook Holders

Tether Strap Hook

Front of Vehicle

B230D01NF

3 31


Child restraint symbols are located onthe left and right rear seat backs to indi-cate the position of the lower anchors forchild restraints.

LATCH anchors have been provided inyour vehicle. The LATCH anchors arelocated in the left and right outboard rearseating positions. Their locations areshown in the illustration. There is noLATCH anchor provided for the centerrear seating position.The LATCH anchors are located betweenthe seatback and the seat cushion of therear seat left and right outboard seatingpositions.When you install your child's restraintsystem using the LATCH anchors bucklethe shoulder lap belt, then lock theretractor and pull the belt to remove theslack in the belt so it lies flat against thevehicle seat.

OTD039038N

Lower AnchorPosition Indicator

Lower Anchor

WARNING - Unused rearseatbelts

Always fasten the seatbelts behindthe child restraint seat when theyare not used to secure the childseat. Failure to do so may result inchild strangulation.

OTD039037N


323

Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with LATCH or LATCH-compatible attachments.Once you have installed the LATCH childrestraint, assure that the seat is properlyattached to the LATCH and tetheranchors.Also, test the child restraint seat beforeyou place the child in it. Tilt the seat fromside to side. Also try to tug the seat for-ward. Check to see if the anchors holdthe seat in place.

WARNING - LATCH loweranchors

Never attempt to attach a LATCHequipped seat in the center seatingposition. LATCH lower anchors areonly to be used with the left andright rear outboard seating posi-tions. You may damage theanchors or the anchors may failand break in a collision.

3 33


C040000AUN-C1

(1) Driver’s front air bag(2) Passenger’s front air bag(3) Side impact air bag*(4) Curtain air bag** : if equipped

Even in vehicles with air bags, you andyour passengers must always wear thesafety belts provided in order to minimizethe risk and severity of injury in the eventof a collision or rollover.

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

OMG039025

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.


343

C040900ATD

How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bag are activated (able to inflate if

necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON or STARTthe appropriate position.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the event ofserious frontal or side collision (ifequipped with side impact air bag orcurtain air bag) in order to help protectthe occupants from serious physicalinjury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate based upon the severity of a col-lision and its direction. These two fac-tors determine whether the sensorsproduce an electronic deployment/inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of complex factors includingvehicle speed, angles of impact andthe density and stiffness of the vehi-cles or objects which your vehicle hitsin the collision. Though, factors are notlimited to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.

It is virtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an accident.It is much more likely that you will sim-ply see the deflated air bags hangingout of their storage compartments afterthe collision.

• In order to help provide protection in asevere collision, the air bags mustinflate rapidly. The speed of air baginflation is a consequence of extremelyshort time in which a collision occursand the need to get the air bagbetween the occupant and the vehiclestructures before the occupant impactsthose structures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe collisionand is thus a necessary part of air bagdesign.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which can include facialabrasions, bruises and broken bonesbecause the inflation speed also caus-es the air bags to expand with a greatdeal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the steer-ing wheel air bag can cause fatalinjuries, especially if the occupantis positioned excessively close tothe steering wheel.

WARNING - Airbag inflation

Sit as far back as possible from thesteering wheel while still maintain-ing comfortable control of yourvehicle. A distance of at least 10"from your chest to the steeringwheel is recommended. Failure todo so can result in airbag inflationinjuries to the driver.

3 35


C040902APB

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing due to the contact ofyour chest to both the seat belt and theair bag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. Open your doorsand/or windows as soon as possibleafter the impact in order to reduce dis-comfort and prevent prolonged expo-sure to smoke and powder.Though smoke and powder are non-toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin(eyes, nose and throat etc). If this is thecase, wash and rinse with the cold waterimmediately and consult the doctor if thesymptom persists.

C040903AUN

Installing a child restraint on a frontpassenger’s seat is forbiddenNever place a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger’s seat. If the airbag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac-ing child restraint, causing serious orfatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facing childrestraint in the front passenger’s seateither. If the front passenger air baginflates, it would cause serious or fatalinjuries to the child.

1JBH3051

WARNING - Hot components

Do not touch the air bag storagearea's internal components imme-diately after airbag inflation. The airbag related parts in the steeringwheel, instrument panel and theroof rails above the front and reardoors are very hot. Hot compo-nents can result in burn injuries.


363

C041000AEN

Air bag warning lightThe purpose of the air bag warning lightin your instrument panel is to alert you ofa potential problem with your air bag -Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).When the ignition switch is turned ON,the indicator light should illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds, then go off.Have the system checked by an author-ized Kia dealer if:• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.

C040100BTD-EU

SRS components and functionsThe SRS consists of the following com-ponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Passenger's front air bag module3. Side impact air bag modules*4. Curtain air bag modules*5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies*6. Anchor pre-tensioner assemblies*7. Air bag warning light8. SRS control module (SRSCM)9. Front impact sensors10. Side impact sensors*11. PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indi-

cator (Front passenger’s seat only)12. Occupant detection system

(Front passenger’s seat only)

W7-147 OTD030040N

WARNING - Air bagdeployment

When children are seated in therear outboard seats of a vehicleequipped with side and/or curtainair bags, install the child restraintsystem as far away from the doorside as possible. Inflation of theside and/or curtain air bags couldimpact the child.

3 37


13. Driver’s and front passenger’s seatbelt buckle sensors

*: if equipped

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to require airbag deployment or pre-tensioner seatbelt deployment.The SRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate for about6 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, after which theair bag warning light should go out.If any of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the SRS.Have an authorized Kia dealer inspectthe air bag system as soon as possible.• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.

The air bag modules are located both inthe center of the steering wheel and inthe front passenger's panel above theglove box. When the SRSCM detects asufficiently severe impact to the front ofthe vehicle, it will automatically deploythe front air bags.

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theair bags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the air bags.

B240B01L

Driver’s front air bag (1)

B240B02L



383

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag

A fully inflated air bag, in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt, slows thedriver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, reducing the risk of head andchest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility andthe ability to steer or operate other con-trols.

✽✽ NOTICEBefore you replace a fuse or disconnecta battery terminal, turn the ignitionswitch to the LOCK position andremove the ignition key. Never removeor replace the air bag related fuse(s)when the ignition switch is in the ONposition. Failure to heed this warningwill cause the SRS air bag warning lightto illuminate.

B240B03L


WARNING - Air bagobstructions

Do not install or place any acces-sories on the steering wheel,instrument panel, or on the frontpassenger's panel above the glovebox in a vehicle Such objects maybecome dangerous projectiles ifthe air bag deploys.

3 39


C040300ATD

Occupant detection systemYour vehicle is equipped with an occu-pant detection system in the front pas-senger's seat.The occupant detection system isdesigned to detect the presence of aproperly-seated front passenger anddetermine if the passenger's front air bagshould be enabled (may inflate) or not.The driver's front air bag is not affectedor controlled by the occupant detectionsystem.

Main components of occupant detec-tion system• A detection device located within the

front passenger seat track.• Electronic system to determine

whether passenger air bag systemsshould be activated or deactivated.

• A indicator light located on the instru-ment panel which illuminates thewords PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicating the front passenger air bagsystem is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag warninglight is interconnected with the occu-pant detection system.

If the front passenger seat is occupied bya person that the system determines tobe of adult size, and he/she sits properly(sitting upright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on the seatcushion with their seat belt on, legs com-fortably extended and their feet on thefloor), the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator will turn off and the front pas-senger's air bag will be able to inflate, ifnecessary, in frontal crashes.You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator on the center facia panel.This system detects the conditions 1~4in the following table and activates ordeactivates the front passenger air bagbased on these conditions.

OTD031041N


403

Always be sure that you and all vehicleoccupants are seated and restrainedproperly (sitting upright with the seat inan upright position, centered on the seatcushion, with the person’s legs comfort-ably extended, feet on the floor, andwearing the safety belt properly) for themost effective protection by the air bagand the safety belt.

• The ODS (Occupant Detection System)may not function properly if the passen-ger takes actions which can defeat thedetection system. These include:

(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.(2) Leaning against the door or center

console.(3) Sitting towards the sides or the front

of the seat.(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or rest-

ing them on other locations whichreduce the passenger weight on thefront seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safety belt.(6) Reclining the seat back.

3 41


WARNING - ODS systemRiding in an improper positionadversely affects the occupantdetection system (ODS) and mayresult in the deactivation of frontpassenger airbag. It is important forthe driver to instruct the passengeras to the proper seating instruc-tions as contained in this manual.

(Continued)

C040301ATD

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system

*1) The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits inthe front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child dependingon his/her physique and posture.

*2) Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a smaller child thanthe same age sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/heras an infant depending on his/her physique or posture.

*3) Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.*4) The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above

12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the frontpassenger seat. This is a normal condition.

Condition detected by the occupantdetection system

1. Adult *1 or child age 13 and up*2

2. Infant or child restraint system

with 12 months old*3 *4

3. Unoccupied

4. Malfunction in the system

Off

On

On

Off

Off

Off

Off

On

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

Activated

PASSENGER AIRBAG “OFF” indica-

tor light

SRS warninglight

Front passengerair bag

Indicator/Warning light Devices


423

1KMN3663

1KMN3664

1KMN3665

- Never sit with the hips shiftedtowards the front of the seat.

- Never lean on the door or centerconsole.

- Never sit on one side of the frontpassenger seat.

- Never place the feet on the dash-board.

B990A08O

1KMN3662

- Never put a heavy load in thefront passenger seat.

- Never excessively recline thefront passenger seatback.

OVQ036014N

- Never place the feet on the frontpassenger seatback.

(Continued)

3 43


When an adult is seated in the front pas-senger seat, if the PASSENGER AIRBAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn the igni-tion switch to the LOCK position and askthe passenger to sit properly (sittingupright with the seat back in an uprightposition, centered on the seat cushionwith their seat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on the floor).Restart the engine and have the personremain in that position. This will allow thesystem to detect the person and toenable the passenger air bag.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indi-cator is still on, ask the passenger tomove to the rear seat.

✽✽ NOTICEThe PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-onds after the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position or after the engine isstarted. If the front passenger seat isoccupied, the occupant detection sensorwill then classify the front passengerafter several more seconds.

B990A01O

WARNING - “AIR BAGOFF” light

Do not allow an adult passenger toride in the front seat when the PAS-SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicatoris illuminated, because the air bagwill not deploy in the event of acrash. The driver must instruct thepassenger to reposition himself inthe seat. Failure to properly posi-tion yourself may lead to airbagdeactivation resulting in airbagnon-deployment and in a collision.If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator remains illuminated afterthe passenger repositions them-selves properly and the car isrestarted, it is recommended thatpassenger move to the rear seatbecause the passenger's front airbag will not deploy.


443

Any child age 12 and under should ridein the rear seat. Children too large forchild restraints should use the availablelap/shoulder belts. No matter what typeof crash, children of all ages are saferwhen restrained in the rear seat.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not modify or replace the front pas-senger seat. Don't place anything on orattach anything such as a blanket, frontseat covers or after market seat heaterto the front passenger seat. This canadversely affect the occupant detectionsystem.

If the occupant detection system is notworking properly, the SRS air bag warn-ing light on the instrument panel willilluminate because the passenger's frontair bag is connected with the occupantdetection system. If there is a malfunc-tion of the occupant detection system,the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indica-tor will not illuminate and the passenger'sfront air bag will inflate in frontal impactcrashes even if there is no occupant inthe front passenger's seat.

C040400AAM-EU

Driver's and passenger's front airbagYour vehicle is equipped with anAdvanced Supplemental Restraint (AirBag) System and lap/shoulder belts atboth the driver and passenger seatingposition.

OTD039020

OTD039021

Driver’s front air bag

Passenger’s front air bag

3 45


The indications of the system's presenceare the letters "AIR BAG" embossed onthe air bag pad cover in the steeringwheel and the passenger's side frontpanel pad above the glove box.

The SRS consists of air bags installedunder the pad covers in the center of thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel above the glove box.The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficientseverity. The SRS uses sensors to gath-er information about the driver's seatposition, the driver's and front passen-ger's seat belt usage and impact severi-ty.

The driver's seat track position sensor (ifequipped), which is installed on the seattrack, determine if the seat is fore or aftof a reference position. The seat beltbuckle sensors determine if the driverand front passenger's seat belts are fas-tened.

Sensors provide the ability to control theSRS deployment based on how close thedriver's seat is to the steering wheel,whether or not the seat belts are fas-tened, and how severe the impact is.

The advanced SRS offers the ability tocontrol the air bag inflation with two lev-els. A first stage level is provided for mod-erate-severity impacts. A second stagelevel is provided for more severe impacts.

The passenger’s front air bag is designedto help reduce the injury of children sit-ting close to the instrument panel in lowspeed collisions. However, children aresafer if they are restraint in the rear seat.

According to the impact severity, seatingposition and seat belt usage, the SRSCM(SRS Control Module) controls the airbag inflation. Failure to properly wearseat belts can increase the risk or sever-ity of injury in an accident.

CAUTION - Seat track sensor

Do not place any objects under-neath the front seats as they coulddamage the seat track position sen-sor or interfere with the occupantdetection system.


463

Additionally, your vehicle is equippedwith an occupant detection system in thefront passenger's seat. The occupantdetection system detects the presence ofa passenger in the front passenger's seatand will turn off the front passenger's airbag under certain conditions. For moredetail, see "Occupant detection system"in this section.Do not place any objects that may causemagnetic fields near the front seat.Thesemay cause a malfunction of the seattrack position sensor.

Manufacturers are required by govern-ment regulations to provide a contactpoint concerning modifications to thevehicle for persons with disabilities,which modifications may affect the vehi-cle’s advanced air bag system. That con-tact is Kia’s toll-free CustomerAssistance center at 1-800-333-4Kia.However, Kia does not endorse nor will itsupport any changes to any part or struc-ture of the vehicle that could affect theadvanced air bag system, including theoccupant detection system.

Advanced air bags are combined withpre-tensioner seat belts to help provideenhanced occupant protection in frontalcrashes. Front air bags are not intendedto deploy in collisions in which sufficientprotection can be provided by the pre-tensioner seat belt alone.

WARNING - ModificationsModification to the seat structurecan adversely affect the seat trackposition sensor and cause the airbag to deploy at a different levelthan should be provided.

WARNING - Replacement/modifications

The front passenger seat, dash-board or door should not bereplaced except by an authorizedKia dealer using original Kia partsdesigned for this vehicle andmodel. Any other such replacementor modification could adverselyaffect the operation of the occupantdetection system and youradvanced air bags.

WARNING - SRS WiringDo not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other components ofthe SRS system. Doing so couldresult in injury, due to accidentaldeployment of the air bags or byrendering the SRS inoperative.

3 47


Front air bags are not intended to deployin side-impact, rear-impact or rollovercrashes. In addition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes below thedeployment threshold.

C040600ATD-EU

Side impact air bag (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a sideimpact air bag in each front seat. Thepurpose of the air bag is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt alone.

1JBB3520

1JBA3514

1JBA3522

Side impact

Rear impact

Rollover

OTD039022

1LDA2056


483

The side impact air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side-impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and point of impact. Theside air bags are not designed to deployin all side impact situations.

The side impact air bag is supplementalto the driver's and the passenger's seatbelt systems and is not a substitute forthem. Therefore your seat belts must beworn at all times while the vehicle is inoperation.For best protection from the side air bagsystem and to avoid being injured by thedeploying side air bag, both front seatoccupants should sit in an upright posi-tion with the seat belt properly fastened.The driver's hands should be placed onthe steering wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00positions. The passenger's arms andhands should be placed on their laps.

If seat or seat cover is damaged, havethe vehicle checked and repaired by anauthorized Kia dealer. Inform that yourvehicle is equipped with side impact airbags and an occupant detection system.

C040700AUN

Curtain air bag (if equipped)Curtain air bags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the front andrear doors.They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupants andthe rear outboard seat occupants in cer-tain side impact collisions.

WARNING - Unexpecteddeployment

Avoid impact to the side impactairbag sensor when the ignitionswitch is ON to prevent unexpecteddeployment of the side impact airbag.

WARNING - DeploymentDo not install any accessoriesincluding seat covers, on the sideor near the side impact air bag asthis may affect the deployment ofthe side air bags.

WARNING - Flying objectsDo not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat. Suchobjects may become dangerousprojectiles if the side airbaginflates.

OMG037051

OUN026090

3 49


The curtain air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and impact. The curtainair bags are not designed to deploy in allside impact situations, collisions from thefront or rear of the vehicle or in mostrollover situations.Do not allow the passengers to lean theirheads or bodies onto doors, put theirarms on the doors, stretch their arms outof the window, or place objects betweenthe doors and passengers when they areseated on seats equipped with sideand/or curtain air bags.

✽✽ NOTICENever try to open or repair any compo-nents of the side curtain air bag system.This should only be done by an author-ized Kia dealer.


503

C040800ATD

Why didn’t my air bag go off in acollision? (Inflation and non-infla-tion conditions of the air bag)There are many types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not be expect-ed to provide additional protection.These include rear impacts, second orthird collisions in multiple impactaccidents, as well as low speedimpacts. In other words, just becauseyour vehicle is damaged and even if itis totally unusable, don’t be surprisedthat the air bags did not inflate.

Air bag collision sensors(1) SRS control module(2) Front impact sensor

* : if equipped

(3) Side impact sensor*

OTD039039NC/OMG035052/OHD036029/OMG035053

1 2 3

3 51


Problems may arise if the sensor instal-lation angles are changed due to thedeformation of the front bumper, body orB pillar where side collision sensors areinstalled. Have the vehicle checked andrepaired by an authorized Kia dealer.Installing aftermarket bumper guards orreplacing a bumper with non-genuineparts may adversely affect your vehicle’scollision and air bag deployment per-formance.

C040801APB

Air bag inflation conditionsFront air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in afrontal collision depending on the intensi-ty, speed or angles of impact of the frontcollision.

1JBA3513

WARNING - Air bag sensors

• Do not hit or allow any objects toimpact the locations where airbag or sensors are installed.This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or they maynot deploy when they should.Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around the airbag sensors. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized Kia dealer.


523

Side air bags (if equipped)Side air bags (side impact and/or curtainair bags) are designed to inflate when animpact is detected by side collision sen-sors depending on the strength, speed orangles of impact resulting from a sideimpact collision.

Although the front air bags (driver’s andfront passenger’s air bags) are designedto inflate in frontal collisions, they alsomay inflate in other types of collisions ifthe front impact sensors detect a suffi-cient frontal force in another type ofimpact. Side impact and curtain air bagsare designed to inflate in certain sideimpact collisions. They may inflate inother type of collisions where a side forceis detected by the sensors.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimproved roadsor sidewalks, air bags may deploy. Drivecarefully on unimproved roads or on sur-faces not designed for vehicle traffic toprevent unintended air bag deployment.

C040802ATD

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause they may not provide benefitsbeyond the protection of the seat beltsin such collisions.

1JBA3515

1JBA3516

OUN026090

3 53


• Air bags are not designed to inflate inrear collisions, because occupants aremoved backward by the force of theimpact. In this case, inflated air bagswould not be able to provide any addi-tional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove to the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, front air bagdeployment would not provide addi-tional occupant protection.

• In a slant or angled collision, the forceof impact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags would notbe able to provide any additional bene-fit, and thus the sensors may notdeploy any air bags.

OED036100 1JBA35211JBA3516


543

• Just before impact, drivers often brakeheavily. Such heavy braking lowers thefront portion of the vehicle causing it to“ride” under a vehicle with a higherground clearance. Air bags may notinflate in this "under-ride" situationbecause deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors may be signifi-cantly replaced by such “under-ride”collisions.

• Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci-dents where the SRSCM indicate theair bag deployment would not provideprotection to the occupants.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated to one area andthe full force of the impact is not deliv-ered to the sensors.

1JBA3517 1JBA3522 1JBA3518

3 55


SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by an authorizedKia dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or anywork on the steering wheel must be per-formed by an authorized Kia dealer.Improper handling of the SRS systemmay result in serious personal injury.

For cleaning the air bag pad covers, useonly a soft, dry cloth or one which hasbeen moistened with plain water.Solvents or cleaners could adverselyaffect the air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

If components of the air bag system mustbe discarded, or if the vehicle must bescrapped, certain safety precautionsmust be observed. An authorized Kiadealer knows these precautions and cangive you the necessary information.Failure to follow these precautions andprocedures could increase the risk ofpersonal injury.

Adding equipment to or modify-ing your air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

WARNING - Tamperingwith SRS

Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other components ofthe SRS system. Doing so couldresult in the accidental inflation ofthe air bags or by rendering theSRS inoperative.


563

OMG037225/OAM039041/OTD039030

1

2 ✽

C041200AUN-EU

Air bag warning labelAir bag warning labels, some required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to alertthe driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system.

4

Keys / 4-2Smart key / 4-3Remote keyless entry / 4-5Door locks / 4-8Trunk / 4-13Tailgate (5 door vehicle) / 4-15Windows / 4-17Hood / 4-20Fuel filler lid / 4-22

Sunroof / 4-25Steering wheel / 4-29Mirrors / 4-32Instrument cluster / 4-36Rearview camera / 4-57Hazard warning flasher / 4-58Lighting / 4-58Wipers and washers / 4-62Interior light / 4-65Defroster / 4-66Manual climate control system / 4-68Automatic climate control system / 4-77Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-84Storage compartment / 4-87Interior features / 4-89Audio system / 4-93



24

D010100AMG

Record your key numberThe key code number is stamped on thebar code tag attached to the key set.Should you lose your keys, this numberwill enable an authorized Kia dealer toduplicate the keys easily. Remove the barcode tag and store it in a safe place. Also,record the code number and keep it in asafe place (not in the vehicle).

D010200ATD

Key operationsUsed to start the engine, lock and unlockthe doors.

Type BTo remove the mechanical key, press andhold the release button and remove themechanical key.To reinstall the mechanical key, put thekey into the hole and push it until a clicksound is heard.

KEYS

OUN046100L

OUN026060

OTG049002

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 3


D040000ABK

With a smart key, you can lock or unlocka door and even start the engine withoutinserting the key.The functions of the buttons on a smartkey are similar to the remote keylessentry. (Refer to the “Remote keylessentry” in this section.)

D040100ATD

Smart key functionsCarrying the smart key, you may lock andunlock the vehicle doors. Also, you maystart the engine. Refer to the following,for more details.

D040101ATD-EU

Locking Pressing the button of the front outsidedoor handles with all doors closed andany door unlocked, locks all the doors.The hazard warning lights will blink andthe chime will sound once to indicate thatall doors are locked. The button will onlyoperate when the smart key is within0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outsidedoor handle. If you want to make surethat a door has locked or not, you shouldcheck the door lock button inside thevehicle or pull the outside door handle.

OTG049001 OMG049005

SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING - Aftermarketkeys

Use only Kia original parts for theignition key in your vehicle. If anaftermarket key is used, the ignitionswitch may not return to ON afterSTART. If this happens, the starterwill continue to operate causingpossible fire due to excessive cur-rent in the wiring.


44

Even though you press the button, thedoors will not lock and the chime willsound for 3 seconds if any of the follow-ing occurs:• The smart key is in the vehicle.• The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON

position.• Any door except the trunk (or tailgate)

is opened.

D040102ATD-EU

Unlocking Pressing the button of the driver's out-side door handle with all doors closedand locked, unlocks the driver's door.Thehazard warning lights will blink and thechime will sound twice to indicate that thedriver's door is unlocked. All doors areunlocked if the button is pressed oncemore within 4 seconds. The hazard warn-ing lights will blink and the chime willsound twice to indicate that all the doorsare unlocked.Pressing the button in the front passen-ger's outside door handle with all doorsclosed and locked, unlocks all the doors.The hazard warning lights will blink andthe chime will sound twice to indicate thatall doors are unlocked. The button willonly operate when the smart key is with-in 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the outsidedoor handle.

D040104AHM

Start-upYou can start the engine without insertingthe key. For detailed information refer to“Starting the engine with a smart key” insection 5.

D040300AHM-EU

Smart key precautions• If you lose your smart key, you will not

be able to start the engine. Tow thevehicle, if necessary, and contact anauthorized Kia dealer.

• A maximum of 2 smart keys can beregistered to a single vehicle. If youlose a smart key, you should immedi-ately take the vehicle and key to yourauthorized Kia dealer to protect it frompotential theft.

• The smart key will not work if any of fol-lowing occurs:- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the smart key.

- The smart key near a mobile two-wayradio system or a cellular phone.

- Another vehicle’s smart key is beingoperated close to your vehicle.

When the smart key does not work cor-rectly, open and close the door with themechanical key. If you have a problemwith the smart key, contact an author-ized Kia dealer.

4 5


This device complies with Part 15 ofthe FCC rules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

✽✽ NOTICEChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment. Ifthe keyless entry system is inoperativedue to changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance, it will not be cov-ered by your manufacturer’s vehiclewarranty.

Remote keyless entry systemoperationsD020101ATD-EU

Lock (1)All doors are locked if the lock button ispressed. If all doors (and trunk or tail-gate) are closed, the hazard warninglights will blink once to indicate that alldoors (and trunk or tailgate) are locked.

Also, if the lock button is pressed oncemore within 4 seconds, the hazard warn-ing lights will blink and the chime willsound once to confirm that the door islocked.However, if any door remains open, thehazard warning lights (and/or the chime)will not operate. But if all doors areclosed after the lock button is pressed,the hazard warning lights will blink once.

D020102ATD-EE

Unlock (2) The driver's door is unlocked if the unlockbutton is pressed once. The hazardwarning lights will blink (for smart key, thechime also sounds) twice to indicate thatthe driver's door is unlocked.All doors are unlocked if the unlock but-ton is pressed once more within 4 sec-onds. The hazard warning lights will blink(for smart key, the chime also sounds)twice again to indicate that all doors areunlocked. After pressing this button, thedoors will lock automatically unless youopen any door within 30 seconds.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the keyless entry system is inoperativedue to exposure to water or liquids, itwill not be covered by your manufactur-er's vehicle warranty.

OTG049003

■ Type B

■ Type A

ONF048011

CAUTION - TransmitterKeep the smart key away fromwater or any liquid as it canbecome damaged and not functionproperly.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)


64

D020104ATD-EE

Trunk (or tailgate) open (3) (if equipped)The trunk (or tailgate) is opened if thebutton is pressed for more than 1 sec-ond.Once the trunk (or tailgate) is openedand then closed, the trunk (or tailgate)will lock automatically.

D020105AHM

Alarm (4)The horn sounds and the hazard warninglights blink for about 30 seconds if thisbutton is pressed for more than 0.5 sec-onds. To stop the horn and lights, pressany button on the transmitter.

D020200AHM-EU

Transmitter precautionsThe transmitter (or smart key) will notwork if any of following occurs:• The ignition key is in the ignition

switch.• You exceed the operating distance limit

(about 90 feet [30 m]).• The battery in the transmitter (or smart

key) is weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter (or smart key) is close

to a radio transmitter such as a radiostation or an airport which can interferewith normal operation of the transmit-ter.

When the transmitter (or smart key) doesnot work properly, open and close thedoor with the ignition key. If you have aproblem with the transmitter (or smartkey), contact an authorized Kia dealer.

This device complies with Part 15 ofthe FCC rules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

✽✽ NOTICEChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment. Ifthe keyless entry system is inoperativedue to changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance, it will not be cov-ered by your manufacturer’s vehiclewarranty.

4 7


D040500AMG

Battery replacementA battery should last for several years,but if the transmitter or smart key is notworking properly, try replacing the bat-tery with a new one. If you are unsurehow to use or replace the battery, contactan authorized Kia dealer.

1. Pry open the transmitter or smart keycenter cover.

2. Replace the battery with a new battery(CR2032). When replacing the battery,make sure the battery positive “+” sym-bol faces up as indicated in the illus-tration.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

The transmitter or smart key is designedto give you years of trouble-free use,however it can malfunction if exposed tomoisture or static electricity. If you areunsure how to use or replace the battery,contact an authorized Kia dealer.Using the wrong battery can cause thetransmitter or smart key to malfunction.Be sure to use the correct battery.An inappropriately disposed battery canbe harmful to the environment andhuman health.Dispose the battery according to yourlocal law(s) or regulation.

HNF2005

OBH048004

■ Type A

■ Type B

CAUTION - Transmitterdamage

Do not drop, wet or expose the key-less entry system transmitter toheat or sunlight.


84

DOOR LOCKS

D050100ATD-EU

Operating door locks from out-side the vehicle • Turn the key clockwise to unlock and

counterclockwise to lock.• If you lock the driver's door with a key,

all vehicle doors will lock automatically.• From the driver's door, turn the key to

the right once to unlock the door andonce more within 4 seconds to unlockall doors.

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter key (orsmart key). (if equipped)

• Once the doors are unlocked, they maybe opened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure the doors areclosed securely.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operatingtemporarily in order to protect thecircuit and prevent damage to systemcomponents.

OHD046001

LockUnlock

4 9


• To lock a door without the key, push theinside door lock button (1) or centraldoor lock switch (2, if equipped) to the“Lock” position and close the door (3).

• If you lock the door with the centraldoor lock switch (2), all vehicle doorswill lock automatically. (if equipped withcentral door lock system)

Always remove the ignition key, engagethe parking brake, close all windows andlock all doors when leaving your vehicleunattended.

Operating door locks from insidethe vehicleD050201ATD-EE

With the door lock button• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position. Thered mark (2) on the button will be visi-ble.

• To lock a door, push the door lock but-ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If the dooris locked properly, the red mark (2) onthe door lock button will not show.

• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the frontdoor is pulled when the door lock but-ton is in the lock position, the buttonwill unlock and the door will open. (ifequipped)

• Front doors cannot be locked if theignition key is in the ignition switch (orif the smart key is in the vehicle) andany front door is opened. (if equipped)

OTD049005 OTD049006

Lock Unlock


104

If a power door lock ever fails to functionwhile you are in the vehicle, try one ormore of the following techniques to exit:• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic and manu-al) while simultaneously pulling on thedoor handle.

• Operate the other door locks and han-dles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use the keyto unlock the door from outside.

D050202ATD

With central door lock switch (if equipped)Operate by pressing the central door lockswitch.

• Press the switch to the "Lock" position(1), all vehicle doors will lock.

• Press the switch to the "Unlock" posi-tion (2), all vehicle doors will unlock.

• If the key is in the ignition switch (or ifthe smart key is in the vehicle) and anyfront door is opened, the doors will notlock when the “Lock” position (1) of thecentral door lock switch is pressed. (ifequipped)

OTD049007N

OTD049007/OHM048010

Driver’s door Passenger’s door

Driver’s door Passenger’s door

■ 4door vehicle, 5door vehicle

■ 2door vehicle

4 11


D050300AHM

Impact sensing door unlock sys-tem (if equipped)All doors will automatically unlock whenan impact causes the air bags to deploy.

D050400ATD-EU

Auto door lock/unlock feature (if equipped)• All doors will automatically lock when

the transaxle shift lever is shifted out ofP (Park).

• All doors will automatically unlockwhen the transaxle shift lever is shiftedinto P (Park).

D050400ATD-EE

An authorized Kia dealer can activate ordeactivate some auto door lock/ unlockfeatures as follows;• Auto door unlock by using the driver's

door lock button• Auto door lock/unlock by shifting the

transaxle shift lever out of P (Park) orinto P (Park)

• Auto door unlock when the ignition keyis removed from the ignition switch (forsmart key, when the ENGINESTART/STOP button is turned to theOFF position)

If you want to activate or deactivate somedoor lock/unlock feature, consult anauthorized Kia dealer.

WARNING- Unattended children/

animalsNever leave children or animalsunattended in your vehicle.An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannot escapethe vehicle.

WARNING - DoorsThe doors should always be fullyclosed and locked while the vehicleis in motion to prevent accidentalopening of the door.


124

D050500ATD-EU

Child-protector rear door lock(for 4 door, 5 door vehicle only)The child safety lock is provided to helpprevent children from accidentally open-ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should beused whenever children are in the vehi-cle.1. Open the rear door.2. Push the child safety lock (1) located

on the rear edge of the door to thelock position. When the child safetylock is in the lock position, rear doorwill not open even when the inner doorhandle is pulled.

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the outsidedoor handle (3).Even though the doors may be unlocked,the rear door will not open by pulling theinner door handle (2) until the rear doorchild safety lock is unlocked.

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

Use the rear door safety lockswhenever children are in the vehi-cle. If a child accidently opens therear doors while the vehicle ismotion, he can fall out.

OTD049008

4 13


D070100BTD

Opening the trunkWith the key• The trunk is opened with the key. (if

equipped)• The trunk is opened if the trunk open

button on the transmitter (or smart key)is pressed. Once the trunk is openedand then closed, the trunk is lockedautomatically.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the trunk is closed with the smart keyin it, the chime will sound for approxi-mately 3 seconds and the trunk willreopen.

With remote trunk lid releaseTo open the trunk lid without using thekey, pull up the trunk lid release lever.

D070200ATD

Closing the trunkTo close the trunk, lower the trunk lid,then press down on it until it locks. To besure the trunk lid is securely fastened,always check by trying to pull it up again.

TRUNK (4 DOOR, 2 DOOR VEHICLE)

OTD049004N

(if equipped)

OHDC048005

WARNING - Exhaust fumesThe trunk lid should always be keptcompletely closed while the vehicleis in motion. If it is left open or ajar,poisonous exhaust gases mayenter the vehicle.


144

D070300ATD

Emergency trunk safety releaseYour vehicle is equipped with an emer-gency trunk release cable located insidethe trunk. The lever glows in the darkwhen the trunk lid is closed. If someoneis inadvertently locked in the trunk,pulling this handle will release the trunklatch mechanism and open the trunk.

OTD049010

4 15


D070100AFD

Opening the tailgate• The tailgate is locked or unlocked

together if all doors are locked orunlocked with the key, transmitter orcentral door lock switch.

• The tailgate is unlocked alone for 30seconds if the tailgate unlock button onthe transmitter is pressed. Once thetailgate is opened and then closed, thetailgate is locked automatically.

• If unlocked, the tailgate can be openedby pressing the handle and pulling itup.

The tailgate swings upward. Make sureno objects or people are near the rear ofthe vehicle when opening the tailgate.

D070200AUN

Closing the tailgateTo close the tailgate, lower and pushdown the tailgate firmly. Make sure thatthe tailgate is securely latched.Make sure your hands, feet and otherparts of your body are safely out of theway before closing the tailgate.

TAILGATE (5 DOOR VEHICLE)

OTD041232

CAUTION - Tailgate liftcylinders

Make certain that you close the tail-gate before driving your vehicle.Possible damage may occur to thetailgate lift cylinders and attachinghardware if the tailgate is notclosed prior to driving.

CAUTION- Closing tailgateMake sure nothing is near the tail-gate latch and striker while closingthe tailgate. It may damage the tail-gate's latch.


164

D070300AUN

Emergency tailgate safety releaseYour vehicle is equipped with emergencytailgate safety release lever located onthe bottom of the tailgate. When some-one is inadvertently locked in the lug-gage compartment, if a key (or screw-driver) is inserted into the access holeand pushed (1), the tailgate latch mech-anism is released and the tailgate isopened by pushing backward.

OTD041233

WARNING - Exhaustfumes

Driving with the tailgate open is notadvisable. Dangerous exhaustfumes can enter the passengercompartment.If you must drive with the tailgateopened, keep the air vents and allwindows open so that additionaloutside air can enter.

WARNING - Riding incargo area

Occupants should never ride in therear cargo area where no restraintsare available. Occupants shouldalways be properly restrained.

4 17


D080000APB

(1) Driver’s door power window switch*(2) Front passenger’s door power win-

dow switch*(3) Rear door (left) power window switch*(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch*(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window down*(7) Power window lock button*

*: if equipped

WINDOWS

OTDC049011N


184

In cold and wet climates, power windowsmay not work properly due to freezingconditions.

D080100ATD

Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power window switchthat controls the door’s window. The driv-er has a power window lock switch whichcan block the operation of passengerwindows.The power windows can be operated forapproximately 30 seconds after the igni-tion key is removed or turned to the ACCor LOCK position. However, if the frontdoors are opened, the power windowscannot be operated even within the 30second period.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile driving with the rear windowsdown or with the sunroof (if equipped)in an open (or partially open) position,your vehicle may demonstrate a windbuffeting or pulsation noise. This noiseis a normal occurrence and can bereduced or eliminated by taking the fol-lowing actions. If the noise occurs withone or both of the rear windows down,partially lower both front windowsapproximately one inch. If you experi-ence the noise with the sunroof open,slightly reduce the size of the sunroofopening.

D080101AUN

Window opening and closing (if equipped)The driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all the win-dows in the vehicle.To open or close a window, press downor pull up the front portion of the corre-sponding switch to the first detent posi-tion (5).

D080102AAM

Auto down window (if equipped) (Driver’s window)Pressing the power window switchmomentarily to the second detent posi-tion (6) completely lowers the driver’swindow even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, momentarily pull up the switchto the opposite direction of the windowmovement.

4 19


D080104AAM

Power window lock button (if equipped)• The driver can disable the power win-

dow switches on the passenger doorby pressing the power window lockswitch located on the driver’s door tothe LOCK position (pressed).

• When the power window lock buttonis in the LOCK position (pressed),the driver’s master control cannotoperate the passenger door powerwindows.

Always double check to make sure allarms, hands, head and other obstruc-tions are safely out of the way beforeclosing a window.

D080200AFD

Manual windows (if equipped)To raise or lower the window, turn thewindow regulator handle clockwise orcounterclockwise.

CAUTION - Opening / closing Window

To prevent possible damage to thepower window system, do not openor close two windows or more at thesame time. This will also ensure thelongevity of the fuse.

WARNING - Power windows

Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lockswitch in the LOCK position(pressed).

WARNINGWhen closing the windows, makesure your passenger's arms, handsand body are safely out of the way.

B050A01EOTD049013


204

D090100TD

Opening the hood 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the

hood. The hood should pop openslightly.

Open the hood after turning off theengine on a flat surface, shifting the shiftlever to the P(Park) position for automat-ic transaxle and to the 1st(First) gear orR(Reverse) for manual transaxle, andsetting the parking brake.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise thehood slightly, push the secondary latch(1) inside of the hood center and liftthe hood (2).

3.Pull out the support rod from the hood.4.Hold the hood opened with the support

rod.

HOOD

OTD049014 OMG035065 OTD049131

WARNING - Hot partsGrasp the support rod in the areawrapped in rubber. The plastic willhelp prevent you from being burnedby hot metal when the engine ishot.

4 21


D090200AAM

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-

lowing:• All filler caps in the engine compart-

ment must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Return the support rod to its clip toprevent it from rattling.

3. Lower the hood until it is about 1 ft. (30cm) above the closed position and letit drop. Make sure that it locks intoplace.

The support rod must be inserted com-pletely into the hole whenever youinspect the engine compartment.This willprevent the hood from falling and possi-bly injuring you.

WARNING - Fire riskDo not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing so maycause a heat-induced fire.

WARNING - Unsecuredengine Hood

Always double check to be surethat the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If the enginehood is not secured properly, it islikely to fly up blocking your visionand causing a crash.


224

D100100ATD

Opening the fuel filler lidThe fuel filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pulling up the fuelfiller lid opener.If the fuel filler lid does not open becauseice has formed around it, tap lightly orpush on the lid to break the ice andrelease the lid. Do not pry on the lid. Ifnecessary, spray around the lid with anapproved de-icer fluid (do not use radia-tor anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to awarm place and allow the ice to melt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the fuel

filler lid opener up.3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).4. To remove the cap (2), turn the fuel

filler cap counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

D100200AAM

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until

it “clicks” one time. This indicates thatthe cap is securely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it inlightly and make sure that it is secure-ly closed.

D100300AAM-EU

✽✽ NOTICETighten the cap until it clicks one time,otherwise the Check Engine lightwill illuminate.

FUEL FILLER LID

OHD046014 OUN026020 WARNING - RefuelingAlways remove the fuel cap careful-ly and slowly. If the cap is ventingfuel or if you hear a hissing sound,wait until the condition stopsbefore completely removing thecap.If pressurized fuel sprays out, it cancover your clothes or skin and sub-ject you to the risk of fire andburns.

4 23


Always check that the fuel cap is installedsecurely to prevent fuel spillage in theevent of an accident.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen using an approved portable fuelcontainer, be sure to place the containeron the ground prior to refueling. Staticelectricity discharge from the containercan ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.Once refueling has begun, contact withthe vehicle should be maintained untilthe filling is complete. Use onlyapproved portable plastic fuel contain-ers designed to carry and store gasoline.

WARNING - Fire/explosionrisk

Read and follow all warnings post-ed at the gas station facility. Failureto follow all warnings will result insevere personal injury, severeburns or death due to fire or explo-sion.

WARNING - Cell phonefires

Do not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cellu-lar phones can potentially ignitefuel vapors causing a fire.

WARNING - Static electricity

• Before touching the fuel nozzle,you should eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching another metalpart of the vehicle, a safe dis-tance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other gas source.

• Do not get back into a vehicleonce you have begun refuelingsince you can generate staticelectricity by touching, rubbingor sliding against any item or fab-ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)capable of producing static elec-tricity. Static electricity dischargecan ignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching a metal partof the vehicle, away from the fuelfiller neck, nozzle or other gaso-line source.


244

Make sure to refuel your vehicle accord-ing to the "Fuel requirements" suggestedin section 1.If the fuel filler cap requires replacement,use only a genuine Kia cap or the equiv-alent specified for your vehicle. An incor-rect fuel filler cap can result in a seriousmalfunction of the fuel system or emis-sion control system.

CAUTION - Exterior paintDo not spill fuel on the exterior sur-faces of the vehicle. Any type of fuelspilled on painted surfaces maydamage the paint.

WARNING - Refueling&Vehicle fires

When refueling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling iscomplete, check to make sure thefiller cap and filler door are secure-ly closed, before starting theengine.

WARNING - SmokingDO NOT use matches or a lighterand DO NOT SMOKE or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle while at agas station especially during refu-eling. Automotive fuel is highlyflammable and can, when ignited,result in fire.

4 25


D110000AHM-EE

If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,you can slide or tilt your sunroof with thesunroof control lever located on the over-head console.The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in theON position.

In cold and wet climates, the sunroof maynot work properly due to freezing condi-tions.After the vehicle is washed or in a rain-storm, be sure to wipe off any water thatis on the sunroof before operating it.

The sunroof cannot slide when it is in thetilt position nor can it be tilted while in anopen or slide position.

D110100ATD

Sliding the sunroof To open or close the sunroof (manualslide feature), pull or push the sunroofcontrol lever backward or forward to thefirst detent position.

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

OTD049015

CAUTION - Sunroof controllever

Do not continue to press the sun-roof control lever after the sunroofis fully opened, closed, or tilted.Damage to the motor or systemcomponents could occur.

OTD049016


264

To open the sunroof automatically:Pull the sunroof control lever backward(1) to the second detent position andthen release it. The sunroof will slideopen automatically but will not open allthe way. If you would like to completelyopen the sunroof, pull the lever oncemore. However, the second time the leveris pulled the sunroof will open only whilethe lever is pulled.To stop the sunroof sliding at any point,pull or push the sunroof control levermomentarily.

To close the sunroof automatically:Push the sunroof control lever forward (2)to the second detent position and thenrelease it. The sunroof will automaticallyclose all the way.To stop the sunroof sliding at any point,pull or push the sunroof control levermomentarily.

D110101AEN

Automatic reversalIf an object or part of the body is detect-ed while the sunroof is closing automati-cally, it will reverse direction, and thenstop.The auto reverse function does not workif a tiny obstacle is between the slidingglass and the sunroof sash. You shouldalways check that all passengers andobjects are away from the sunroof beforeclosing it.

D110200ATD

Tilting the sunroof To open the sunroof, push the controllever (3) on the overhead console.The sunroof will tilt only while the controllever is pushed.To close the sunroof, push the sunroofcontrol lever forward (2).

OBK049018 OTD049017

4 27


Do not extend the face, neck, arms orbody outside the sunroof while driving.Periodically remove any dirt that mayaccumulate on the guide rail.While using sunroof for a long time, adust between sunroof and roof panel canmake a noise. Open the sunroof andremove regularly the dust using cleancloth.

D110300ATD

Sunshade The sunshade will automatically openwhen the glass panel is moved. Close itmanually if you want it closed.

OBK049019

WARNING - Sunroof operation

When closing the sunroof, makesure there are no body parts in themovement range of the sliding roof.Parts of the body could becometrapped or crushed.

CAUTION - Sunroof motordamage

If you try to open the sunroof whenthe temperature is below freezing orwhen the sunroof is covered withsnow or ice, the glass or the motorcould be damaged.


284

D110500ATD

Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, or related fuse isblown, you must reset your sunroof sys-tem as follows:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. According to the position of the sun-roof, do the following.1) In case the sunroof is closed com-

pletely or tilted:Push the sunroof control leverupward until the sunroof tilts com-pletely upward.

2) In case the sunroof is open:Push the sunroof control lever for-ward until the sunroof closes com-pletely. Push the sunroof controllever upward until the sunroof tiltscompletely upward.

3. Release the sunroof control lever.4. Push the sunroof control lever upward

(for about 10 seconds) until the sun-roof has returned to the original tiltposition after it is raised a little higherthan the maximum tilt position. Then,release the lever.

5. Push the sunroof control lever upwarduntil the sunroof completes operatingas follows;

TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN →SLIDE CLOSE

Then, release the lever.

When this is complete, the sunroof sys-tem has been reset.

4 29


D130100AHM

Power steering (if equipped)Power steering uses energy from theengine to assist you in steering the vehi-cle. If the engine is off or if the powersteering system becomes inoperative,the vehicle may still be steered, but it willrequire increased steering effort.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

If the power steering drive belt breaks orif the power steering pump malfunctions,the steering effort will greatly increase.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is parked for extended

periods outside in cold weather (below14°F/-10°C), the power steering mayrequire increased effort when theengine is first started. This is causedby increased fluid viscosity due to thecold weather and does not indicate amalfunction.When this happens, increase theengine RPM by depressing the accel-erator until the RPM reaches 1,500rpm then release or let the engine idlefor two or three minutes to warm upthe fluid.

D130200ATD

Electric power steering (if equipped)Power steering uses the motor to assistyou in steering the vehicle. If the engineis off or if the power steering systembecomes inoperative, the vehicle maystill be steered, but it will requireincreased steering effort.The motor driven power steering is con-trolled by the power steering control unitwhich senses the steering wheel torqueand vehicle speed to command themotor.The steering wheel becomes heavier asthe vehicle’s speed increases andbecomes lighter as the vehicle’s speeddecreases for better control of the steer-ing wheel.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

STEERING WHEEL

CAUTION - Power steeringpump

Never hold the steering wheel to theextreme right or left for more than 5seconds with the engine running.Holding the steering wheel for morethan 5 seconds in either positionmay cause damage to the powersteering pump.


304

✽✽ NOTICEThe following symptoms may occur dur-ing normal vehicle operation:• The steering effort is high immediate-

ly after turning the ignition switch on.This happens as the system performsthe EPS system diagnostics. When thediagnostics is completed, the steeringwheel will return to its normal condi-tion.

• A click noise may be heard from theEPS relay after the ignition switch isturned to the ON or LOCK position.

• Motor noise may be heard when thevehicle is at a stop or at a low drivingspeed.

• The steering effort increases if thesteering wheel is rotated continuouslywhen the vehicle is not in motion.However, after a few minutes, it willreturn to its normal conditions.

• When you operate the steering wheelin low temperature, abnormal noisecould occur. If temperature rises, thenoise will disappear. This is a normalcondition.

If the Electric Power Steering Systemdoes not operate normally, the warninglight will illuminate on the instrumentcluster. The steering wheel may becomedifficult to control or operate abnormally.Take your vehicle to an authorized Kiadealer and have the vehicle checked assoon as possible.

D130300AFD

Tilt steering (if equipped)Tilt steering allows you to adjust thesteering wheel before you drive. You canalso raise it to give your legs more roomwhen you exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,while permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

WARNING - Steering wheeladjustment

Never adjust the angle and heightof the steering wheel while driving.You may lose steering control

4 31


To change the steering wheel angle, pulldown the lock release lever (1), adjustthe steering wheel to the desired angle(2) and height (if equipped) (3), then pullup the lock-release lever to lock thesteering wheel in place. Be sure to adjustthe steering wheel to the desired positionbefore driving.

D130500AUN

HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on your steering wheel. Check thehorn regularly to be sure it operatesproperly.To sound the horn, press the area indi-cated by the horn symbol on your steer-ing wheel (see illustration). The horn willoperate only when this area is pressed.

OTD049019OTD049018


324

D140100ATD

Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror so that thecenter view through the rear window isseen. Make this adjustment before youstart driving.Do not place objects in the rear seatwhich would interfere with your visionthrough the rear window.

D140101AHM

Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped)Make this adjustment before you startdriving and while the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce the glare from the headlights ofthe vehicles behind you during night driv-ing.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

D140102ATD

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)(if equipped)The electric rearview mirror automatical-ly controls the glare from the headlightsof the vehicle behind you in nighttime orlow light driving conditions. The sensormounted in the mirror senses the lightlevel around the vehicle, and automati-cally controls the headlight glare fromvehicles behind you.When the engine is running, the glare isautomatically controlled by the sensormounted in the rearview mirror.Whenever the shift lever is shifted intoreverse (R), the mirror will automaticallygo to the brightest setting in order toimprove the drivers view behind the vehi-cle.

MIRRORS

OMG035072

CAUTION - Cleaning mirrorWhen cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror. It may cause the liquidcleaner to enter the mirror housing.

WARNING - Mirror adjustment

Do not adjust the rearview mirrorwhile the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control.

Night

Day

4 33


To operate the electric rearview mirror• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn

the automatic dimming function on.The mirror indicator light will illuminate.Press the ON/OFF button to turn theautomatic dimming function off. Themirror indicator light will turn off.

• The mirror defaults to the ON positionwhenever the ignition switch is turnedon.

D140200ATD-EU

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust the mirror anglesbefore driving.Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearviewmirrors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch (ifequipped). The mirror heads can be fold-ed to prevent damage during an auto-matic car wash or when passing througha narrow street.

The right outside rearview mirror is con-vex. Objects seen in the mirror are closerthan they appear.Use your interior rearview mirror or directobservation to determine the actual dis-tance of following vehicles when chang-ing lanes.

CAUTION - Rearview mirror

Do not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass. If ice should restrictmovement of the mirror, do notforce the mirror for adjustment. Toremove ice, use a deicer spray, or asponge or soft cloth with very warmwater.

OTD049020

Indicator Sensor


344

D140201APB

Remote controlManual type (if equipped)To adjust an outside mirror, move thecontrol lever.

D140201ATD

Electric type (if equipped)The electric remote control mirror switchallows you to adjust the position of theleft and right outside rearview mirrors. Toadjust the position of either mirror theignition switch should be in the ACC posi-tion. Move the lever (1) to R or L to selectthe right side mirror or the left side mirror,then press a corresponding point on themirror adjustment control to position theselected mirror up, down, left or right.After the adjustment, put the lever intoneutral (center) position to prevent inad-vertent adjustment.

WARNING - Mirror adjustment

Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehicleis moving. This could result in lossof control.

OTD049022B510A01E

4 35


D140202ATD

Folding the outside rearview mirrorTo fold the outside rearview mirror, graspthe housing of the mirror and then fold ittoward the rear of the vehicle.

CAUTION - Outside mirror• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switch ispressed. Do not press the switchlonger than necessary, the motormay be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand.Doing so may damage the relatedparts. OMG035071


364

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

OTD041050N

1. Tachometer

2. Fuel gauge

3. Speedometer

4. Turn signal indicators

5. Warning and indicator lights

6. Odometer/Trip computer*

* : if equipped

* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.For more details refer to the "Gauges" in the next pages.

■■ Type A

4 37


OTD041051N-1

1. Tachometer

2. Fuel gauge

3. Speedometer

4. Turn signal indicators

5. Warning and indicator lights

6. LCD display*

* : if equipped

* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.For more details refer to the "Gauges" in the next pages.

■■ Type B


384

D150100AAM-EU

Instrument panel illumination (if equipped)When the vehicle’s parking lights orheadlights are on, rotate the illuminationcontrol knob to adjust the brightness ofthe instrument panel illumination.The brightness of the instrument panel(Type B) illumination can be adjusted byrotating the control knob when the igni-tion switch is in ON position.

GaugesD150201AHM

Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forwardspeed of the vehicle.The speedometer is calibrated in milesper hour and/or kilometers per hour.

D150202AFD

Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi-mate number of engine revolutions perminute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.The tachometer pointer may move slight-ly when the ignition switch is in ACC orON position with the engine OFF. Thismovement is normal and will not affectthe accuracy of the tachometer once theengine is running.

OTD049052 OTD049053N

CAUTION - Red zoneDo not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE. Thismay cause severe engine damage.

OTD049054

4 39


D150204ATD-EU

Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. The fuel tank capacity is given insection 8. The fuel gauge is supplement-ed by a low fuel warning light, which willilluminate when the fuel tank is nearlyempty.On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual due to the movement of fuel in thetank.

D150205ATD

Odometer OdometerThe odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

OTD049056

WARNING - Fuel gaugeStop and obtain additional fuel assoon as possible after the warninglight comes on or when the gaugeindicator comes close to the Elevel. Running out of fuel canexpose vehicle occupants to dan-ger.

CAUTION - Low fuelAvoid driving with extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, damag-ing the catalytic converter.

OTD049058N

■ Type A

OTD049200N

■ Type B


404

✽✽ NOTICEIt is forbidden to alter the odometer ofall vehicles with the intent to change themileage registered on the odometer. Thealteration may void your warranty cov-erage.

D150206ATD-EU

Trip computer (Tripmeter) /ECO mode (if equipped)The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system thatdisplays information related to driving,when the ignition switch is in the ONposition. All stored driving information(except distance to empty and instantfuel consumption) will reset if the batteryis disconnected.

Press the TRIP button for less than 1 sec-ond to select each function as follows :

Also, the ECOMINDER® indicator (ECOON/OFF) mode can be selected bypressing the trip button for less than 1second.

OTD049057

Tripmeter B

Average fuel consumption*

Instant fuel consumption*

Average speed*

Driving time*

Tripmeter A

Distance to empty*

* : if equipped

4 41


TripmeterTRIP A: Tripmeter ATRIP B: Tripmeter B

This mode indicates the distance of indi-vidual trips selected since the last trip-meter reset.The meter's working range is from 0.0 to999.9 miles (0.0 to 999.9 km).Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the tripmeter (TRIP A orTRIP B) is being displayed, clears thetripmeter to zero (0.0).

Distance to emptyThis mode indicates the estimated dis-tance to empty based on the current fuelin the fuel tank and the amount of fueldelivered to the engine. When theremaining distance is below 30 miles (50km), “---” will be displayed and the dis-tance to empty indicator will blink.The meter’s working range is from 30 to990 miles (50 to 999 km).

OTD049059

■ Type A

OTD049060N

■ Type B

OTD049061N

■ Type A

OTD049062N

■ Type B


424

• If the vehicle is not on level ground orthe battery power has been interrupt-ed, the “Distance to empty” functionmay not operate correctly.The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.6gallons) of fuel are added to the vehi-cle.

• The fuel consumption and distance toempty values may vary significantlybased on driving conditions, drivinghabits, and condition of the vehicle.

• The distance to empty value is an esti-mate of the available driving distance.This value may differ from the actualdriving distance available.

Average fuel consumption This mode calculates the average fuelconsumption from the total fuel used andthe distance since the last average con-sumption reset. The total fuel used is cal-culated from the fuel consumption input.For an accurate calculation, drive morethan 0.03 mile (50 m).Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the average fuel consump-tion is displayed, clears the average fuelconsumption to zero (---).

Instant fuel consumptionThis mode calculates the instant fuelconsumption during the last few sec-onds.

OTD049065N

■ Type A

OTD049066N

■ Type B

OTD049068N

■ Type A

OTD049068N-2

■ Type B

4 43


Average speed This mode calculates the average speedof the vehicle since the last averagespeed reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, theaverage speed keeps going while theengine is running.Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the average speed is dis-played, clears the average speed to zero(---).

Driving timeThis mode indicates the total time trav-eled since the last driving time reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, thedriving time keeps going while the engineis running.The meter’s working range is from0:00~99:59.Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the driving time is beingdisplayed, clears the driving time to zero(0:00).

ECO ON/OFF mode (if equipped)You can turn the ECOMINDER® indicator(which is identified on your instrumentdashboard by the “ECO” name) on/off onthe instrument cluster in this mode.If you push the TRIP button more than 1second in the ECOMINDER® indicatorECO ON mode, then ECO OFF is dis-played in the screen and the ECO indica-tor turns off.If you want to display the ECOMINDER®

indicator ECO again, press the TRIP but-ton more than 1 second in the ECO OFFmode and then ECO ON mode is dis-played in the screen.For more detailed explanations, refer to"Warnings and indicators" in section 4.

OTD049217N

■ Type A

OTD049072L

■ Type B

OTD049230NOTD049231NOTD049230NOTD049231N

■ Type A ■ Type B

OTD049232NOTD049233N

OTD049069N

■ Type A

OTD049070N

■ Type B


444

D150300AAM

Warnings and indicatorsAll warning lights are checked by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). Any light that does not illuminateshould be checked by an authorized Kiadealer.After starting the engine, check to makesure that all warning lights are off. If anywarning lights are still on, this indicates asituation that needs attention. Whenreleasing the parking brake, the brakesystem warning light should go off. Thefuel warning light will stay on if the fuellevel is low.

D150302AUN

Air bag warning light

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.This light also comes on when theSupplement Restraint System (SRS) isnot working properly. If the air bag warn-ing light does not come on, or continu-ously remains on after operating forabout 6 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position or start-ed the engine, or if it comes on whiledriving, have the SRS inspected by anauthorized Kia dealer.

D150303AHM-U1

Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light (if equipped)This warning light illuminates if the igni-tion switch is turned ON and goes off inapproximately 3 seconds if the system isoperating normally.If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, this indicatesthat the ABS may have malfunctioned.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized Kia dealer as soon aspossible. The normal braking system willstill be operational, but without the assis-tance of the anti-lock brake system.

4 45


Electronic brake force distri-bution (EBD) system warninglightIf these two warning lightsilluminate at the same timewhile driving, your vehicle’sABS and EBD system mayhave malfunctioned.In this case, your ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally. Have thevehicle checked by an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible.

If the ABS warning light or EBD warninglight is on and stays on, the speedometeror odometer/tripmeter may not work. Inthis case, have your vehicle checked byan authorized Kia dealer as soon as pos-sible.

D150304ATD-EU

Seat belt warning

As a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON, regardless of belt fastening.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned on, theseat belt warning light and the seat beltwarning chime will operate for approxi-mately 6 seconds. But if it is refastenedwithin the 6 seconds, the warning lightwill blink till the 6 seconds and the warn-ing chime will turn off immediately.If the driver's seat belt is disconnectedafter the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the seat belt warning lightwill blink for approximately 6 seconds.But if it is fastened within the 6 secondsthe warning light will turn off immediately.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph(10 km/h), the seat belt warning light andchime will operate approximately 11times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and24 seconds off until the belt is fastenedor the vehicle speed decreases below 3mph (5 km/h).

WARNING- ABS/brake lights

If both ABS and Brake warninglights are on and stay on, your vehi-cle’s brake system will not worknormally during sudden braking. Inthis case, avoid high speed drivingand abrupt braking. Have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible.


464

D150305ATD

Turn signal indicator

The blinking green arrows on the instru-ment panel show the direction indicatedby the turn signals. If the arrow comes onbut does not blink, blinks more rapidlythan normal, or does not illuminate at all,it indicates a malfunction in the turn sig-nal system.You should consult your deal-er for repairs.This indicator also blinks when the haz-ard warning switch is turned on.

D150306AUN

High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

D150307AHM

Engine oil pressure warning light

This warning light indicates the engine oilpressure is low.If the warning light illuminates while driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, call anauthorized Kia dealer.

The oil pressure warning light comes onwhenever there is insufficient oil pres-sure. In normal operation, it should comeon when the ignition switch is turned on,then go out when the engine is started. Ifthe oil pressure warning light stays onwhile the engine is running, there is aserious malfunction.

CAUTION - Engine damageIf the engine is not stopped imme-diately after the engine oil pressurewarning light is illuminated andstays on while the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult.

4 47


D150308ATD

Parking brake & brake fluidwarning light

Parking brake warning This warning light illuminates for 3 sec-onds after the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position and then it will go out.Also, this light illuminates when the park-ing brake is applied with the ignitionswitch in the START or ON position. Thewarning light should go out when theparking brake is released.

Low brake fluid level warningIf the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly.Have the vehicle towed to any author-ized Kia dealer for a brake systeminspection and necessary repairs.

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diago-nal braking systems. This means you stillhave braking on two wheels even if oneof the dual systems should fail. With onlyone of the dual systems working, morethan normal pedal travel and greaterpedal pressure are required to stop thevehicle. Also, the vehicle will not stop inas short a distance with only a portion ofthe brake system working. If the brakesfail while you are driving, shift to a lowergear for additional engine braking andstop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to doso.To check bulb operation, check whetherthe parking brake and brake fluid warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

D150309APB

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

This indicator comes on when the frontfog lights are ON.

D150312AAM

Shift pattern indicator (if equipped)

The indicator displays which automatictransaxle shift position is selected.


484

D150301ATD-EU

Engine coolant tempera-ture warning light (if equipped)The warning light shows the temperatureof the engine coolant when the ignitionswitch is ON.The warning light illuminates if the tem-perature of the engine coolant is above248±5.5°F (120±3°C).Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “Overheating” in the Index.

✽✽ NOTICE - Coolant temperatureIf the engine coolant temperature warn-ing light illuminates, it indicates over-heating that may damage the engine.

D150313AHM

Charging system warninglight

This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the generator or electricalcharging system.If the warning light illuminates while thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or break-age.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have an authorizedKia dealer correct the problem as soonas possible.

D150315ATD

Trunk lid (or tailgate) openwarning light

This warning light illuminates when thetrunk lid (or tailgate) is not closed secure-ly with the ignition switch in any position.

D150316AUN

Door ajar warning light

This warning light illuminates when adoor is not closed securely with the igni-tion switch in any position.

4 49


D150317ATD-EU

Immobilizer indicator (if equipped)

If any of the following occurs in a vehicleequipped with the smart key, the immobi-lizer indicator illuminates, blinks or goesoff.• When the smart key is in the vehicle, if

the ENGINE START/STOP button is inthe ACC or ON position, the indicatorwill illuminate for a few minutes to indi-cate that you are able to start theengine. However, when the smart keyis not in the vehicle, if the ENGINESTART/STOP button is pressed, theindicator will blink for a few minutes toindicate that you are not be able tostart the engine.

• When the ENGINE START/STOP but-ton changes to the ON position fromthe ACC position without the smart keyin the vehicle, the indicator blinks for afew minutes to indicate that you are notbe able to start the engine.

• When the battery is weak, if theENGINE START/STOP button ispressed, the indicator will blink and youare not able to start the engine.However, you are able to start theengine by inserting the smart key inthe smart key holder. If the smart keysystem related parts have a problem,the indicator will blink.

D150318ATD

Low fuel level warning light

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning light onor with the fuel level below “E” can causethe engine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter (if equipped).


504

D150320ATD

Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL) (check engine light)

This indicator is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis indicator illuminates while driving, itindicates that a potential malfunction hasbeen detected somewhere in the emis-sion control system.This indicator will also illuminates whenthe ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, and will go off in a few secondsafter the engine is started. If it illuminateswhile driving, or does not illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, take your vehicle to the nearestauthorized Kia dealer and have the sys-tem checked.Generally, your vehicle will continue to bedrivable, but have the system checked byan authorized Kia dealer promptly.

D150323AUN-EU

ESC indicator (ElectronicStability Control)

The ESC indicator will illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned ON, butshould go off after approximately 3 sec-onds. When the ESC is on, it monitorsthe driving conditions under normal driv-ing conditions, the ESC light will remainoff. When a slippery or low traction con-dition is encountered, the ESC will oper-ate, and the ESC indicator will blink toindicate the ESC is operating.The ESC indicator stays on when theESC may have a malfunction. Take yourcar to an authorized Kia dealer and havethe system checked.

CAUTION - MIL illumina-tion

• Prolonged driving with theEmission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nated may cause damage to theemission control systems whichcould effect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

• If the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nates, potential catalytic converterdamage. This could result in lossof engine power. Have the EngineControl System inspected as soonas possible by an authorized Kiadealer.

4 51


D150324AHM-EU

ESC OFF indicator

The ESC OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds. To switch to ESC OFF mode,press the ESC OFF button. The ESCOFF indicator will illuminate indicatingthe ESC is deactivated.

D150331AHM-U1

Low tire pressure telltale

The low tire pressure telltale comes onfor 3 seconds after the ignition key isturned to the "ON" position.If the warning light does not come on, orcontinuously remains on after coming onfor about 3 seconds when you turned theignition key to the "ON" position, the TirePressure Monitoring System is not work-ing properly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle checked by an Kia authorizeddealer as soon as possible.This warning light will also illuminate ifone or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. You should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible. Ifthe warning light illuminates while driv-ing, reduce vehicle speed immediatelyand stop the vehicle.Avoid hard braking and overcorrecting atthe steering wheel. Inflate the tires to theproper pressure as indicated on the vehi-cle’s tire information placard.

WARNING - Low tire pressure

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable and cancontribute to loss of vehicle controland increased braking distances.Continued driving on tires with lowpressure will cause the tires tooverheat and fail.


524

D150325ATD

Cruise indicator (if equipped)CRUISE indicator

The indicator illuminates when the cruisecontrol system is enabled.The cruise indicator in the instrumentcluster is illuminated when the cruisecontrol ON/OFF button on the steeringwheel is pushed.The indicator goes off when the cruisecontrol ON/OFF button is pushed again.For more Information, refer to “Cruisecontrol system” in section 5.

Cruise SET indicator

The indicator illuminates when the cruisefunction switch (SET- or RES+) is ON.The cruise SET indicator in the instru-ment cluster illuminates when the cruisecontrol switch (SET- or RES+) is pushed.The cruise SET indicator does not illumi-nate when the cruise control switch(CANCEL) is pushed or the system isdisengaged.

D150327AUN

Key reminder warning chime (if equipped)If the driver’s door is opened while theignition key is left in the ignition switch(ACC or LOCK position), the keyreminder warning chime will sound. Thisis to prevent you from locking your keysin the vehicle. The chime sounds until thekey is removed from the ignition switch orthe driver’s door is closed.

D150334ATD

Electric power steering(EPS) system warning light(if equipped)This warning light illuminates after theignition key is turned to the ON positionand then it will go off when the enginestarts.This light also comes on when the EPShas malfunctioned. If it comes on whiledriving, have your vehicle inspected byan authorized Kia dealer.

SET EPS

CRUISE

4 53


D150340ATD-EU

ECOMINDER® indicator (if equipped)

The ECOMINDER® indicator is displayedto help you improve fuel efficiency whenyou are driving.• The ECOMINDER® indicator will turn

the ECO light green on the instrumentpanel when you are driving fuel effi-ciently in the ECO ON mode.If you don't want the indicator dis-played, you can turn the ECO ONmode to OFF mode by pressing theTRIP button.

• When the instant fuel consumptionmode(if equipped) is displayed on theLCD display or the system is not work-ing properly, the indicator turns off. Ifthe indicator turns off when the instantfuel consumption mode or ECO OFFmode is not selected, have the systemchecked by an authorized Kia dealeras soon as possible.

• The fuel efficiency depends on the dri-ver's driving habit and road condition.

• The system stops operating when thetransaxle is in the P (Park), R(Reverse), N (Neutral) position orsports mode, or when the instant fuelconsumption mode is selected.

D150400ATD

LCD display warning (if equipped)Door Open

This warning illuminates when a door isnot closed securely.The indicator displays which door isopened.

Low Battery

This warning indicates a malfunction ofeither the generator or electrical chargingsystem.If the warning illuminates while the vehi-cle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or break-age.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have an authorizedKia dealer correct the problem as soonas possible.

ECO WARNING - ECOMINDER®

indicator Don't keep watching the “ECO”ECOMINDER® indicator while driv-ing. It may distract you while driv-ing and cause an accident.


544

Low Fuel!

This warning indicates the fuel tank isnearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning on orwith the fuel level below "E" can causethe engine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter (if equipped).

Key is not in vehicle

If the smart key is not in the vehicle andif any door is opened or closed with theENGINE START/STOP button in the ACC,ON, or START position, the warning illu-minates on the LCD display. Also, thechime sounds for 5 seconds when thesmart key is not in the vehicle and thedoor is closed.Always have the smart key with you.

Key is not detected

If the smart key is not in the vehicle or isnot detected and you press the ENGINESTART/STOP button, the warning illumi-nates on the LCD display for 10 seconds.Also, the immobilizer indicator and thekey holder light blinks for 10 seconds.

Low key battery

If the ENGINE START/STOP button ispressed to the OFF position when thesmart key in the vehicle discharges, thewarning illuminates on the LCD displayfor about 10 seconds.Replace the battery with a new one.

Press brake pedal to start engine

If the ENGINE START/STOP button ispressed to the ACC position twice bypressing the button repeatedly withoutdepressing the brake pedal, the warningilluminates on the LCD display for about10 seconds to indicate that you shoulddepress the brake pedal to start theengine.

Shift to "P" position

If you try to turn off the engine without theshift lever in the P (Park) position, theENGINE START/STOP button will changeto the ACC position. If the button ispressed once more it will change to theON position. The warning illuminates onthe LCD display for about 10 seconds toindicate that you should press the ENGINESTART/ STOP button with the shift leverin the P (Park) position to turn off theengine.

4 55


Remove key

When you turn off the engine with thesmart key in the smart key holder, thewarning illuminates on the LCD displayfor about 10 seconds. Also, the smart keyholder light blinks for about 10 seconds.To remove the smart key push the smartkey once and pull it out from the smartkey holder.

Insert key

If you press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton while "Key is not detected" illumi-nates on the LCD display, the warning“Insert key” illuminates for about 10 sec-onds. Also, the immobilizer indicator andthe key holder light blinks for about 10seconds.

Press start button again

If you can not operate the ENGINESTART/STOP button when there is aproblem with the ENGINE START/STOPbutton system, the warning illuminatesfor 10 seconds and the chime soundscontinuously to indicate that you couldstart the engine by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button once more.The chime will stop if the ENGINESTART/STOP button system works nor-mally.If the warning illuminates each time youpress the ENGINE START/STOP button,take your vehicle to an authorized Kiadealer and have the system checked.

Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine

If you try to start the engine with the shiftlever not in the P(Park) or N(Neutral)position, the warning illuminates forabout 10 seconds on the LCD display.You can also start the engine with theshift lever in the N(Neutral) position, butfor your safety start the engine with theshift lever in the P(Park) position.


564

Press start button while turn steering

If the steering wheel does not unlock nor-mally when the ENGINE START/STOPbutton is pressed, the warning illuminatesfor 10 seconds on the LCD display. Also,the warning chime sounds once and theENGINE START/STOP button light blinksfor 10 seconds.When you are warned, press theENGINE START/STOP button while turn-ing the steering wheel right and left.

Check steering wheel lock

If the steering wheel does not lock nor-mally when the ENGINE START/STOPbutton turns to the OFF position, thewarning illuminates for 10 seconds onthe LCD display. Also, the ENGINESTART/STOP button light blinks for 10seconds.

4 57


The rearview camera will activate whenthe back-up light is ON with the ignitionswitch ON and the shift lever in the R(Reverse) position.This system is a supplemental systemthat shows behind the vehicle throughthe rearview display mirror while back-ing-up.The rearview camera may be turned offby pressing the ON/OFF button (1) whenthe rearview camera is activated.

To turn the camera on again, press theON/OFF button again when the ignitionswitch is on and the shift lever in R(Reverse). Also, the camera will turn onautomatically whenever the ignitionswitch is turned off and on again.Always keep the camera lens clean. Iflens is covered with foreign matter, thecamera may not operate normally.

REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)

OTDC049300

1

WARNING - Rearview camera

The rear view camera is not a safe-ty device. It only serves to assistthe driver in identifying objectsdirectly behind the middle of thevehicle. The camera does NOTcover the complete area behind thevehicle. While the camera's displayis generally accurate, objects canbe much closer than they appear inthe display screen and can be dis-torted in both size and proportion.

WARNING - Backing &using camera

Never rely solely on the rear viewcamera when backing. You mustalways use methods of viewing thearea behind you including lookingover both shoulders as well as con-tinuously checking all three rearview mirrors. Due to the difficulty ofensuring that the area behind youremains clear, always back slowlyand stop immediately if you evensuspect that a person, and espe-cially a child, might be behind you.


584

D180000AHM

The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the car in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Bothturn signal lights will blink. The hazardwarning lights will operate even thoughthe key is not in the ignition switch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch again.

D190100APB

Battery saver function • The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the parking lights when thedriver removes the ignition key andopens the driver- side door.

• With this feature, the parking lights willturn off automatically if the driver parkson the side of the road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed, per-form the following :1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

D190400ATD-EU

Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight and aParking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob at theend of the control lever to one of the fol-lowing positions:(1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position(4) Auto light position (if equipped)

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OXM049110OTD069001N

LIGHTING

4 59


D190401ATD

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the parkinglight position (1st position), the tail, posi-tion, license and instrument panel lightswill turn ON.

D190402AHM

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlightposition (2nd position) the head, tail,position, license and instrument panellights will turn ON.The ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

Auto light position (if equipped)When the light switch is in the AUTO lightposition, the taillights and headlights willturn ON or OFF automatically dependingon the amount of light outside the vehi-cle.Never place anything over sensor (1)located on the instrument panel. This willensure better auto-light system control.Don’t clean the sensor using a windowcleaner. The cleaner may leave a lightfilm which could interfere with sensoroperation.If your vehicle has window tint or othertypes of metallic coating on the frontwindshield, the Auto light system may notwork properly.

OAM049041 OAM049042 OTD049133


604

D190500AUN

High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights, pushthe lever away from you. Pull it back forlow beams.The high-beam indicator will light whenthe headlight high beams are switched on.To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights on for aprolonged time while the engine is notrunning.

To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the normal(low-beam) position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

D190600AUN-U1

Turn signals and lane change sig-nalsThe ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn on theturn signals, move the lever up or down(A). The green arrow indicators on theinstrument panel indicate which turn sig-nal is operating. They will self-cancelafter a turn is completed. If the indicatorcontinues to flash after a turn, manuallyreturn the lever to the OFF position.To signal a lane change, move the turnsignal lever slightly and hold it in position(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-tion when released.

OAM049044

WARNING - High beams Do not use high beam when thereare other vehicles. Using highbeam could obstruct the other dri-ver's vision.

OAM049045OAM049043

4 61


If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out andwill require replacement.If an indicator flash is abnormally quick orslow, a bulb may be burned out or have apoor electrical connection in the circuit.

D190700ATD-EU

Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility when visibility is poor due to fog,rain or snow etc. The fog lights will turnon when the fog light switch (1) is turnedto the on position after the headlights areturned on.To turn off the fog lights, turn the switch(1) to the off position.When in operation, the fog lights con-sume large amounts of vehicle electricalpower. Only use the fog lights when visi-bility is poor.

OAM049046N


624

Windshield wiper/washerA : Wiper speed control (front)

· MIST – Single wipe· OFF – Off· INT – Intermittent wipe* · LO – Normal wiper speed· HI – Fast wiper speed

B : Intermittent wipe time adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes (front)

* if equipped Rear window wiper/washerD : Rear wiper control

· ON – Continuous wipe· INT – Intermittent wipe*· OFF – Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)

* if equipped

WIPERS AND WASHERS

OAM049048N

■■ 5 door vehicle

OAM049100L

OXM049231L

■■ 4 door, 2 door vehicle

■■ 5 door vehicle

4 63


D200100ATD

Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.MIST : For a single wiping cycle, move the

lever upward and release it. Thewipers will operate continuously ifthe lever is held in this position.

OFF : Wiper is not in operation INT : Wiper operates intermittently at the

same wiping intervals. Use thismode in a light rain or mist. To varythe speed setting, turn the speedcontrol knob.

LO : Normal wiper speed HI : Fast wiper speed

If there is heavy accumulation of snow orice on the windshield, defrost the wind-shield for about 10 minutes, or until thesnow and/or ice is removed before usingthe windshield wipers to ensure properoperation.

D200200ASA

Windshield washers In the OFF position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindshield and to run the wipers 1-3cycles.Use this function when the windshield isdirty.The spray and wiper operation will con-tinue until you release the lever. If thewasher does not work, check the washerfluid level.If the fluid level is not sufficient, you willneed to add appropriate non-abrasivewindshield washer fluid to the washerreservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment on thepassenger side.

CAUTION - Washer pumpTo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

WARNING - Obscured visibility

Do not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windshield with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze onthe windshield and obscure yourvision.


644

D200300AAM

Rear window wiper and washerswitch (5 door vehicle)The rear window wiper and washerswitch is located at the end of the wiperand washer switch lever. Turn the switchto the desired position to operate the rearwiper and washer.ON - Normal wiper operation INT - Intermittent wiper operation

(if equipped)

OFF - Wiper is not in operation

Push the lever away from you to sprayrear washer fluid and to run the rearwipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiperoperation will continue until you releasethe lever.

CAUTION - Wipers & windshields

• To prevent possible damage tothe wipers or windshield, do notoperate the wipers when thewindshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

OAM049103N OXM049125

4 65


D210000AEN

Do not use the interior lights for extendedperiods when the engine is not running.It may cause battery discharge.

D210100ATD

Map lamp (if equipped) 1. Push the lens to turn the light on or off.2. DOOR : The light comes on or goes

off when a door is opened orclosed.

3. OFF : The light stays off at all timeseven when a door is opened.When the light is turned on withthe lens(1) pressed, the light isnot turned off even with theswitch(3) in the OFF position.

D210200ATD

Room lamp (if equipped)1. ON : The light stays on at all times.2. DOOR : The light comes on or off

when a door is opened orclosed.

3. OFF : The light stays off at all timeseven when a door is opened.

Do not leave the switch in the ON posi-tion for an extended period of time whenthe vehicle is not running.

INTERIOR LIGHT

OTD040085N

WARNING - Interior lightDo not use the interior lights whendriving in the dark. The glare fromthe interior lights may obstructyour view and cause an accident.

OTD049086


664

D210300ABH

Trunk room lamp (if equipped)The trunk room lamp comes on when thetrunk lid is opened.

D220000AUN

If you want to defrost and defog the frontwindshield, refer to “WindshieldDefrosting and Defogging” in this section.

D220100AEN

Rear window defrosterThe defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from theinterior and exterior of the rear window,while the engine is running.

OMG035061

DEFROSTER

CAUTION - ConductorsTo prevent damage to the conduc-tors bonded to the inside surface ofthe rear window, never use sharpinstruments or window cleanerscontaining abrasives to clean thewindow.

OTD049089

OTD041089

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 67


To activate the rear window defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the center facia switch panel.The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.If there is heavy accumulation of snow onthe rear window, brush it off before oper-ating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 20 minutesor when the ignition switch is turned off.To turn off the defroster manually, pressthe rear window defroster button again.

D220101AEN

Outside mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the out-side rearview mirror defrosters, they willoperate at the same time you turn on therear window defroster.

D220200ATD

Front wiper deicer (if equipped)The engine must be running to enablethis feature. To activate the front wiperdeicer, press the front wiper deicer but-ton. The indicator on the button illumi-nates when the deicer is ON.The front wiper deicer automaticallyturns off after 20 minutes or when theignition switch is turned off. To turn off thedeicer, press the front wiper deicer but-ton again.

OTD049202L


684

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OTD049090

D230000ATD

1. Air conditioning button*

2. Rear window defroster button

3. Air intake control button

4. Fan speed control knob

5. Mode selection knob

6. Temperature control knob

* : if equipped

4 69


D230100ATD

Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

To improve the effectiveness of heat-ing and cooling :- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air or recirculated air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system (if equipped)on.

OTD049127


704

D230101ATD

Mode selectionThe mode selection knob controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.Air can be directed to the floor, dash-board outlets, or windshield. Six symbolsare used to represent MAX A/C, Face,Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrostair position.The MAX A/C mode is used to cool theinside of the vehicle faster.

MAX A/C-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face.In this mode, the air conditioning and therecirculated air position will be selectedautomatically.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, E, C)

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Floor-Level (C, A, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

OTD049132

4 71


Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivered from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

D230102APB

Temperature controlThe temperature control knob allows youto control the temperature of the air flow-ing from the ventilation system. Tochange the air temperature in the pas-senger compartment, turn the knob tothe right for warm air or left for cooler air.

D230103APB

Air intake control This is used to select outside (fresh) airposition or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

OTD049128 OTD049095OTD049094


724

Recirculated air position The indicator light on thebutton illuminates when therecirculated air position isselected.With the recirculated airposition selected, air frompassenger compartmentwill be drawn through theheating system and heatedor cooled according to thefunction selected.

Outside (fresh) air position The indicator light on thebutton will not illuminatewhen the outside (fresh) airposition is selected.With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accord-ing to the function selected.

Prolonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without air con-ditioning selected) may cause fogging ofthe windshield and side windows and theair within the passenger compartmentmay become stale.In addition, prolonged operation of the airconditioning with the recirculated airposition selected will result in excessive-ly dry air in the passenger compartment.

WARNING - Recirculatedair

Continuous use of the climate con-trol system in the recirculated airposition can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehicle con-trol. Set the air intake control to theoutside (fresh) air position as muchas possible while driving.

WARNING - Reduced visi-bility

Continuous use of the climate con-trol system in the recirculated airposition may allow humidity toincrease inside the vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscure vis-ibility.

4 73


D230104AUN

Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allows you tocontrol the fan speed of the air flowingfrom the ventilation system. To changethe fan speed, turn the knob to the rightfor higher speed or left for lower speed.Setting the fan speed control knob to the“0” position turns off the fan.

D230105AHM

Air conditioning (if equipped) Press the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate). Press the button again to turnthe air conditioning system off.

System operationD230501AUN

Ventilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

D230502APB

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set the modeto the , position.

OTD049098 OTD049099


744

Operation Tips• To prevent dust or unpleasant fumes

from entering the vehicle through theventilation system, temporarily set theair intake control to the recirculated airposition. Be sure to return the controlto the fresh air position when the irrita-tion has passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust the temper-ature control to desired temperature.

D230503ATD

Air conditioning (if equipped) All Kia Air Conditioning Systems arefilled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-age the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the recir-

culated air position. However, pro-longed operation of the reticulated airposition will excessively dry the air. Inthis case, change the air position.

4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired, setthe temperature control to the extremeleft position, set the mode control tothe MAX A/C position, then set the fanspeed control to the highest speed.

CAUTION - Excessive ACWhile using the air conditioningsystem, monitor the temperaturegauge closely while driving up hillsor in heavy traffic when outsidetemperatures are high. Air condi-tioning system operation maycause engine overheating andpotential engine damage. Continueto use the blower fan but turn theair conditioning system off if thetemperature gauge indicatesengine overheating.

4 75


Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct

sunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of thewindows on rainy or humid days,decrease the humidity inside the vehi-cle by operating the air conditioningsystem.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth only for a few minutes to ensuremaximum system performance.

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling and humid airintake. This is a normal system opera-tion characteristic.

D230300AHM

Climate control air filterThe climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterreplaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

OMG075033

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core


764

✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty, rough roads,more frequent climate control air fil-ter inspections and changes arerequired.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should bechecked at an authorized Kia dealer.

D230400AHM

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a negativeinfluence on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorized Kia dealer.

The air conditioning system should beserviced by an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION - Compressordamage

It is important that the correct typeand amount of oil and refrigerant isused. Otherwise, damage to thecompressor and abnormal systemoperation may occur.

4 77


AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OTD041101

1. Front windshield defroster button2. Climate control display3. Rear windshield defroster button4. Fan speed control switch5. AUTO (automatic control) button6. OFF button7. Temperature control knob8. Air conditioning button9. Mode selection button10. Recirculated air position button11. Outside air position button

D240000ATD


784

D240100ATD-EU

Automatic heating and air condi-tioningThe automatic climate control system iscontrolled by simply setting the desiredtemperature.The Full Automatic Temperature Control(FATC) system automatically controls theheating and cooling system as follows;

1. Press the AUTO button. The modes,fan speeds, air intake and air-condi-tioning will be controlled automaticallyby setting the temperature.

2. Set the temperature control knob tothe desired temperature.If the temperature is set to the lowestsetting (Lo), the air conditioning sys-tem will operate continuously.

3. To turn the automatic operation off,select any button or switch of the fol-lowing:• Mode selection button• Air conditioning button• Front windshield defroster button• Air intake control button• Fan speed control switchThe selected function will be controlledmanually while other functions operateautomatically.

For your convenience and to improve theeffectiveness of the climate control, usethe AUTO button and set the temperatureto 73°F (23°C).

Never place anything over the sensorlocated on the instrument panel toensure better control of the heating andcooling system.

OMG045045OTD049102

4 79


D240200ATD

Manual heating and air condition-ingThe heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually by pushing buttonsother than the AUTO button. In this case,the system works sequentially accordingto the order of buttons selected.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

To improve the effectiveness of heat-ing and cooling :- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air or recirculated air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order to con-vert to full automatic control of the sys-tem.

D240201ATD

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.Every time you press the mode selectionbutton, the mode will change as follows:

Refer to the illustration in the “Manual cli-mate control system”.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, C, E)

Air flow is discharged towards the face andfloor.

Floor-Level (C, E, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defroster.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, E, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

OTD049103


804

Defrost-level (A, D)Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivered from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

D240202ATD-EU

Temperature controlThe temperature will increase to themaximum (HI) by turning the knob to theextreme right.The temperature will decrease to theminimum (Lo) by turning the knob to theextreme left.When turning the knob, the temperaturewill increase or decrease by 1°F/0.5°C.

OTD049128 OTD049105OTD041104

4 81


Temperature conversionYou can switch the temperature modebetween Fahrenheit to Centigrade as fol-lows:While pressing the OFF button, press theAUTO button for 3 seconds or more.The display will change from Fahrenheitto Centigrade, or from Centigrade toFahrenheit.If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, the temperature mode dis-play will reset to Fahrenheit.

D240207AUN-EU

Outside thermometer The current outside temperature is dis-played in 1°F (1°C) increments. The tem-perature range is between -40°F~140°F(-40°C ~ 60°C).• The outside temperature on the display

may not change immediately like ageneral thermometer to prevent thedriver from being inattentive.

D240203ATD

Air intake controlThe air intake control is used to selectoutside (fresh) air position or recirculatedair position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

OTD049203L


824

Recirculated air positionThe indicator light on the button illumi-nates when the recirculated air positionis selected.With the recirculated air position selected,air from the passenger compartment willbe drawn through the heating system andheated or cooled according to the func-tion selected.

Outside (fresh) air positionThe indicator light on the button illumi-nates when the outside (fresh) air posi-tion is selected.With the outside (fresh) air positionselected, air enters the vehicle from out-side and is heated or cooled according tothe function selected.

Prolonged operation of the heating inrecirculated air position will cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment will become stale.In addition, prolonged operation of the airconditioning with the recirculated airposition selected, will result in excessive-ly dry air in the passenger compartment.

WARNING - Reduced visibility

Continuous use of the climate con-trol system in the recirculated airposition may allow humidity toincrease inside vehicle which mayfog the glass and obscure visibility.

OTD049107OTD049106

WARNING - Recirculatedair

Continuous use of the climate con-trol system in the recirculated airposition can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehicle con-trol. Set the air intake control to theoutside (fresh) air position as muchas possible while driving.

4 83


D240205ATD

Fan speed controlThe fan speed can be set to the desiredspeed by pressing the fan speed controlswitch.To change the fan speed press the part of the switch for higher speed orpress the part of the switch for lowerspeed.To turn the fan speed control off, pressthe OFF button.

D240206AHM

Air conditioningPress the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate).Press the button again to turn the airconditioning system off.

D240208APB

OFF modePress the OFF button to turn off the airclimate control system. However you canstill operate the mode and air intake but-tons as long as the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

OTD049110OTD049111OTD049109


844

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGINGD250000AUN • For maximum defrosting, set the tem-

perature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whiledefrosting or defogging, set the modeto the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and icefrom the windshield, rear window, out-side rear view mirrors, and all side win-dows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the hoodand air inlet in the cowl grill to improveheater and defroster efficiency and toreduce the probability of fogging upthe inside of the windshield.

Manual climate control systemD250101AFD

To defog inside windshield 1. Select any fan speed except “0” posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Select the or position.4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected

automatically.If the outside (fresh) air position is notselected automatically, press the corre-sponding button manually.

OTD049112N

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the or positionduring cooling operation inextremely humid weather. The dif-ference between the temperature ofthe outside air and the windshieldcould cause the outer surface ofthe windshield to fog up, causingloss of visibility. In this case, setthe mode selection knob or buttonto the position and fan speedcontrol knob or button to a lowerspeed.

4 85


D250102AFD

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

position.3. Select the position.4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected

automatically.

Automatic climate control systemD250201ATD

To defog inside windshield 1. Select desired fan speed.2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will be

selected automatically.If the outside (fresh) air position is notselected automatically, adjust the corre-sponding button manually.

D250202ATD

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi-

tion.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

(HI) position.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will be

selected automatically.

OTD049114N OTD049115NOTD049113N


864

D250300AHM

Defogging logicTo reduce the probability of fogging upinside of the windshield, the air intake orair conditioning are controlled automati-cally according to certain conditions suchas or position. To cancel orreturn to the defogging logic, do the fol-lowings.

D250301AUN

Manual climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Turn the mode selection knob to the

defrost position ( ).3. Push the air intake control button at

least 5 times within 3 seconds.The indicator light in the air intake controlbutton will blink 3 times with 0.5 secondof interval. It indicates that the defogginglogic is canceled or returned to the pro-grammed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it resets to the defog logicstatus.

D250302AHM-EE

Automatic climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Select the defroster position pressing

the defroster button ( ).3. While pressing the air conditioning

button (A/C), press the air intake con-trol button ( ) at least 5 times with-in 3 seconds.

The A/C display blinks 3 times with 0.5second of interval. It indicates that thedefogging logic is canceled or returned tothe programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it resets to the defog logicstatus.

4 87


D270000AHM

These compartments can be used tostore small items.To avoid possible theft, do not leave valu-ables in the storage compartment.Always keep the storage compartmentcovers closed while driving. Do notattempt to place so many items in thestorage compartment that the storagecompartment cover can not closesecurely.

D270100ATD

Center console storage (if equipped)To open the center console storage, pullup the lever.

D270200ATD

Glove boxTo open the glove box, pull the handleand the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.Always keep the glove box closed whilethe vehicle is in operation.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store, propane cylinders, orother flammable/explosive materi-als in the vehicle. These items maycatch fire and/or explode if thevehicle is exposed to hot tempera-tures for extended periods.

OTD049121N

OTD049120N

■ Type B

■ Type A

OTD049120


884

D270300ATD

Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder, press thecover and the holder will slowly open.Place your sunglasses with the lensesfacing out.To close the sunglass holder, push it up.

Do not open the sunglass holder whilethe vehicle is moving. The rear view mir-ror of the vehicle can be blocked by anopen sunglass holder.

OTD049122

WARNING - Sunglassholder

Do not keep objects except sun-glasses inside the sunglass holder.Such objects can be thrown fromthe holder in the event of a suddenstop or an accident, possibly injur-ing the passengers in the vehicle.

4 89


INTERIOR FEATURES D280300ATD

Cup holder

D280301AFD

Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

D280400ATD-EU

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.To use the sunvisor for the side window,pull it downward, unsnap it from thebracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and slide the mirror cover (3).Adjust the sunvisor extension forward orbackward (4).The ticket holder (5, if equipped) is pro-vided for holding a tollgate ticket.

WARNING - Hot liquidsDo not place uncovered cups of hotliquid in the cup holder while thevehicle is in motion. If the hot liquidspills, you may burn yourself. Sucha burn to the driver could lead toloss of control of the vehicle.

OTD049117

Rear (if equipped)OTD049118

Front

OEN046157


904

D280500AEN

Power outlet (if equipped)The power outlet is designed to providepower for mobile telephones or otherdevices designed to operate with vehicleelectrical systems. The devices shoulddraw less than 10 amps with the enginerunning.Use the power outlet only when theengine is running and remove the acces-sory plug after use. Using the accessoryplug for prolonged periods of time withthe engine off could cause the battery todischarge.

Only use 12V electric accessories whichare less than 10A in electric capacity.Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to thelowest operating level when using thepower outlet.Close the cover when not in use.Some electronic devices can cause elec-tronic interference when plugged into avehicle’s power outlet. These devicesmay cause excessive audio static andmalfunctions in other electronic systemsor devices used in your vehicle.

OTD049129N

CAUTION - Vanity mirrorlamp

Close the vanity mirror coversecurely and return the sunvisor toits original position after use. If thevanity mirror is not closed securely,the lamp will stay on and couldresult in battery discharge and pos-sible sunvisor damage.

WARNING - Electric shockDo not put a finger or a foreign ele-ment (pin, etc.) into a power outletand do not touch with a wet hand.You may get an electric shock.

4 91


D280600AEN

Digital clock

Whenever the battery terminals or relat-ed fuses are disconnected, you mustreset the time.When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, the clock buttons operate asfollows:

D280601ATD

• HOUR (1) :Pressing the H button will advance thetime display by one hour.

D280602ATD

• MINUTE (2) :Pressing the M button will advance thetime display by one minute.

D280604ATD

• Display conversion:To change the 12 hour format to the 24hour format, press the H and M buttonat the same time for more than 4 sec-onds.For example, if the time is 10:15 p.m.,the display will change to 22:15.

Outside thermometerThe current outside temperature is dis-played in 1°F (1°C) increments. The tem-perature range is between -40°F ~ 140°F(-40°C ~ 60°C).• The outside temperature on the display

may not change immediately preventthe driver from being distracted.

OTD041124N

WARNING - Clock settingDo not adjust the clock while driv-ing. You may lose your steeringcontrol.

OTD041230L

OTD049203L

■ Type A

■ Type B


924

Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped)When using a floor mat on the front floorcarpet, make sure it attaches to the floormat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keepsthe floor mat from sliding forward.

The following must be observed wheninstalling ANY floor mat to the vehicle.• Ensure that the floor mats are secure-

ly attached to the vehicle's floor matanchor(s) before driving the vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat that cannotbe firmly attached to the vehicle's floormat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on top of oneanother (e.g. all-weather rubber mat ontop of a carpeted floor mat). Only a sin-gle floor mat should be installed ineach position.

IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was manu-factured with driver's side floor matanchors that are designed to securelyhold the floor mat in place. To avoid anyinterference with pedal operation, Kiarecommends that only the Kia floor matdesigned for use in your vehicle beinstalled.

Navigation system (if equipped)The navigation system ascertains thepresent position of your vehicle by usinginformation from satellites and guidesyou to the place you assign as the desti-nation.Detailed information for the navigationsystem is described in a separately sup-plied manual.

B570A01N

WARNING - After marketfloor mat

Do not install aftermarket floormats that are not capable of beingsecurely attached to the vehicle'sfloor mat anchors. Unsecured floormats can interfere with pedal oper-ation.

OTD041231N

4 93


If you install an aftermarket HID headlamp, your vehicle’s audio and electronicdevice may malfunction.

D300101ATDAntennaYour vehicle uses a roof antenna toreceive both AM and FM broadcast sig-nals. This antenna can be removed. Toremove the antenna, turn it counterclock-wise. To install the antenna, turn it clock-wise.

When reinstalling your antenna, it isimportant that it is fully tightened andadjusted to the upright position to ensureproper reception. But it could be removedwhen parking the vehicle.

AUDIO SYSTEM

OHM048154N

CAUTION - AntennaBefore entering a place with a lowheight clearance or a car wash,remove the antenna by rotating itcounter-clockwise. If not, the anten-na may be damaged.


944

D300200AEN

Steering wheel audio control (if equipped) The steering wheel audio control buttonis installed to promote safe driving.Do not operate the audio remote controlbuttons simultaneously.

D300204ATD

VOLUME ( / )• Push the lever up to increase volume.• Push the lever down to decrease vol-

ume.

D300205AEN

MUTE• Press the MUTE button to cancel the

sound.• Press the MUTE button again to acti-

vate the sound.

D300202AEN

MODEPress the button to select Radio or CD(compact disc).

D300203AHM

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) The SEEK/PRESET button has differentfunctions base on the system mode. Forthe following functions the button shouldbe pressed for 0.8 second or more.

RADIO modeIt will function as the AUTO SEEK selectbutton.

CDP modeIt will function as the FF/REW button.

CDC modeIt will function as the DISC UP/DOWNbutton.

If the SEEK button is pressed for lessthan 0.8 second, it will work as follows ineach mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the PRESET STATIONselect buttons.

CDP modeIt will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

CDC modeIt will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons is described in the followingpages in this section.

D281900ATD

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology(if equipped)You can use a compatible phone viausing the Bluetooth® Wireless technolo-gy. Detailed information for theBluetooth® Wireless Technology isdescribed in the Audio system section.

OTD049100

4 95


D210300ATD

Advanced lighting speaker (if equipped)Pull down the switch.The advanced lighting speaker that lightsaround the front speaker is adjusted byturning the knob as follows.

1. ON : The light turns on.2. MOOD : The light shade changes auto-

matically at regular interval.3. MUSIC : The light blinks or changes

shade according to thesound of the audio.If the audio is not turned on,the light does not turn on.

4. OFF : The light turns off.5. +/- : When the lights are on, push the

illumination button to adjust thelight intensity.If the low lighting grade isselected, the intensity of thelight may be weak or may notilluminate according to theaudio volume or selected con-ditions.

✽✽ NOTICEThe lighting around the front speakermay not illuminate when the sound ofthe audio is low.

Do not use the lights for extended peri-ods when engine is not running.It may cause battery discharge.

OTDC049221

OTDC049222


964

281400AFD

Aux, USB and iPod®* (if equipped)If your vehicle has an aux and/or USB(universal serial bus) port or iPod port,you can use an aux port to connect audiodevices and an USB port to plug in anUSB and also an iPod port to plug in aniPod.When using a portable audio device con-nected to the power outlet, noise mayoccur during playback. If this happens,use the power source of the portableaudio device.

* iPod® is a registered trademark of AppleInc.

D300800AFD

How car audio worksAM and FM radio signals are broadcastfrom transmitter towers located aroundyour city. They are intercepted by theradio antenna on your car. This signal isthen received by the radio and sent toyour car speakers.When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear. Thiscan be due to factors such as the dis-tance from the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broadcasts.This is because AM radio waves aretransmitted at low frequencies. Theselong, low frequency radio waves can fol-low the curvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight out into the atmos-phere. In addition, they curve aroundobstructions so that they can provide bet-ter signal coverage.

JBM001 JBM002

FM reception AM reception

OTD049130N

4 97


FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station. Also,FM signals are easily affected by build-ings, mountains, or other obstructions.These can result in certain listening con-ditions which might lead you to believe aproblem exists with your radio. The fol-lowing conditions are normal and do notindicate radio trouble:

• Fading - As your car moves away fromthe radio station, the signal will weakenand sound will begin to fade. When thisoccurs, we suggest that you selectanother stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto the clear-est signal. If this occurs, select anoth-er station with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

JBM004 JBM005JBM003

FM radio station


984

Satellite radio receptionYou may experience problems in receiv-ing SIRIUS® satellite radio signals in thefollowing situations.

• If you are driving in a tunnel or a cov-ered parking area.

• If you are driving beneath the top levelof a multi-level freeway.

• If you drive under a bridge.• If you are driving next to a tall vechi-

cle(such as a truck or a bus) that blockthe signal.

• If you are driving in a valley where thesurrounding hills or peaks block the sig-nal from the satellite.

• If you are driving on a mountain roadwhere is blocked by mountains.

• If you are driving in an area with talltrees that block the signal(10m ormore), for example on an road thatgoes through a dense forset.

• The signal can become weak in someareas that are not covered by therepeater station network.

Please note that these may be otherunforeseen circumstances when thereare problems with the reception of SIR-IUS satellite radio signal.

Using a cellular phone or a two-way radio When a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use the cellu-lar phone at a place as far as possiblefrom the audio equipment.

SATELITE2

WARNING - Cell phoneuse

Don't use a cellular phone whenyou are driving. You must stop at asafe place to use a cellular phone.

SATELITE1

4 99


Care of disc (if equipped)• If the temperature inside the car is too

high, open the car windows for ventila-tion before using your car audio.

• It is illegal to copy and useMP3/WMA/AAC/WAVE files withoutpermission. Use CDs that are createdonly by lawful means.

• Do not apply volatile agents such asbenzene and thinner, normal cleanersand magnetic sprays made for ana-logue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface from get-ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs bythe edges or the edges of the centerhole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a piece ofsoft cloth before playback (wipe it fromthe center to the outside edge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape or paperonto it.

• Make sure on undesirable matter otherthan CDs are inserted into the CDplayer (Do not insert more than oneCD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may not operatenormally according to manufacturingcompanies or making and recordingmethods. In such circumstances, if youstill continue to use those CDs, theymay cause the malfunction of your caraudio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Playing anIncompatible Copy-ProtectedAudio CD

Some copy protected CDs, which do notcomply with the international audio CDstandards (Red Book), may not play onyour car audio. Please note that if youtry to play copy protected CDs and theCD player does not perform correctlythe CDs maybe defective, not the CDplayer.

1004


1. FM/AM Selection Button

2. Automatic Channel Selection Button

3. Power ON/OFF Button & Volume Control

Knob

4. SCAN Button

5. SETUP Button

6. Manual Channel Selection Knob &

SETUP Button

7. Preset Button

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME, AUDIO CONTROL(PA710TD, USA)

❈ There will be no ® logo if the Bluetooth feature is not supported.

4 101


1. FM/AM Selection Button

2. Automatic Channel Selection Button

3. Power ON/OFF Button & Volume Control

Knob

4. SCAN Button

5. SETUP Button

6. Manual Channel Selection Knob &

SETUP Button

7. Preset Button

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME, AUDIO CONTROL(PA760TD, USA)


1024


1. FM/AM Selection ButtonTurns to FM or AM mode, and togglesFM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟ FM1 ➟... when thebutton is pressed each time.

2. Automatic Channel SelectionButton

• When the [SEEK ] button is pressed, itreduces the band frequency by 200kHzto automatically select channel. Stops atthe previous frequency if no channel isfound.

• When the [SEEK ] button is pressed,it increases the band frequency by200kHz to automatically select channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.

3. Power ON/OFF Button &Volume Control Knob

Turns on/off the set when the IGNITIONSWITCH is on ACC or ON. If the buttonis turned to the right, it increases the vol-ume and left, decreases the volume.

4. SCAN ButtonWhen the button is pressed, the frequen-cies will become increased and receivethe corresponding broadcasts. This func-tion will play the frequencies for 5 sec-onds each and find other broadcasts asthe frequency increases. Press the but-ton again when desiring to continue lis-tening to the currently playing broadcast.

5. SETUP ButtonPress this button to turn to the TEXTSCROLL, SDVC and P.BASS adjustmentmode. If no action is taken for 5 secondsafter pressing the button, it will return tothe play mode.(After entering SETUPmode, move between items using theleft, right and PUSH functions of the[TUNE] button.)The setup items changes from TEXTSCROLL ↔ SDVC ↔ P.BASS ↔ SIRIUS↔ PHONE...

• SCROLLThis function is used to display charac-ters longer than the LCD text display andcan be turned ON/OFF through the vol-ume controller.

• SDVCThis function automatically adjusts thevolume level according to the speed ofthe vehicle and can be turned ON/OFFthrough the volume controller.

• POWER BASS(P.BASS)This function creates virtual soundeffects and allows adjustments to theBASS level.HIGH ➟ MID ➟ LOW ➟ OFF

6. Manual Channel SelectionKnob & SETUP Button

Rotate the knob clockwise by one notchto increase frequency by 50kHz from cur-rent frequency.Rotate the knob counterclockwise by onenotch to decrease frequency by 50kHzfrom current frequency.Pressing the button changes the BASS,MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BAL-ANCE TUNE mode. The mode selectedis shown on the display. After selectingeach mode, rotate the Audio control knobclockwise or counterclockwise.

4 103


• BASS ControlTo increase the BASS, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the BASS,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• MIDDLE ControlTo increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the MID-DLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• TREBLE ControlTo increase the TREBLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the TRE-BLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• FADER ControlTurn the control knob clockwise toemphasize rear speaker sound(frontspeaker sound will be attenuated). Whenthe control knob is turned counterclock-wise, front speaker sound will be empha-sized(rear speaker sound will be attenu-ated).

• BALANCE ControlRotate the knob clockwise to emphasizeright speaker sound(left speaker soundwill be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counter clockwise, leftspeaker sound will be emphasized(rightspeaker sound will be attenuated).

7. Preset ButtonPress [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec-ond to play the channel saved in eachbutton.Press [1]~[6] button more than 0.8 sec-ond or longer to save current station tothe respective button with a beep.

1044


1. CD Loading Slot

2. CD Eject Button

3. CD Selection Button

4. Automatic Track Selection Button

5. RANDOM Play Button

6. REPEAT Button

7. CD Indicator

8. SCAN Play Button

9. INFO Button

10. FOLDER Moving Button

11. SEARCH Knob & ENTER Button

CD(PA710TD, USA)


4 105


1. CD Loading Slot

2. CD Eject Button

3. CD Selection Button

4. Automatic Track Selection Button

5. RANDOM Play Button

6. REPEAT Button

8. SCAN Play Button

9. INFO Button



12. DISC Selection Button

13. CD LOAD Button

CD(PA760TD, USA)


1064


1. CD Loading SlotPlease face printed side upward and gen-tly press in. When the ignition switch is onACC or ON and power is off, power isautomatically turned on if the CD isloaded.This CDP supports only 12cm CD.If VCD, Data CD are loaded, "ReadingError" message will appear and CD will beejected.

2. CD Eject ButtonPress [ ] button to eject the CD duringCD playback. This button is enabledwhen ignition switch is off.

3. CD Selection ButtonIf there is a CD in the CD DECK it turnsto CD mode then it toggles.If there is no CD, then it displays themessage "No Media" and returns to theprevious mode.

4. Automatic Track SelectionButton

• Press [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second to play from the beginningof current song.

• Press [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second and press again within 1seconds to play the previous song.

• Press [TRACK ] button for 0.8 orlonger to initiate reverse direction highspeed sound search of current song.

• Press [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second to play the next song.

• Press [TRACK ] button for 0.8 orlonger to initiate high speed soundsearch of current song.

5. RANDOM Play ButtonTurns on/off the randomization of theplay list of files in the currently playedDISC. To cancel the mode, press the but-ton once again.

6. REPEAT ButtonRepeats current song when the button ispressed for less than 0.8 second.Repeats the entire DISC when the buttonis pressed for 0.8 second or longer.

7. CD Indicator(PA710) When car ignition switch is ACC or ONand if the CD is loaded, this indicator islighted. If the CD is ejected the light isturned off.

8. SCAN Play ButtonScans each song in the USB device for10 seconds each. To cancel the mode,press the button once again.

9. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the current CDTRACK in the order of DISC TITLE ➟

DISC ARTIST ➟ TRACK TITLE ➟ TRACKARTIST ➟ TOTAL TRACK ➟ PLAYSCREEN ➟ DISC TITLE ➟... (not dis-played if the information is not availableon the DISC.)

10. FOLDER Moving Button • Press [FOLDER ] button to move to

child folder of the current folder anddisplay the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

4 107


• Press [FOLDER ] button to move toparent folder of the current folder anddisplay the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed.

11. SEARCH Knob & ENTERButton

Turn this button clockwise to displaysongs after current song.Also, turn this button counterclockwise todisplay songs before current song.To listen to the displayed song, press thebutton to skip to the song and play.Pressing the button changes the BASS,MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BAL-ANCE TUNE mode. The mode selectedis shown on the display. After selectingeach mode, rotate the Audio control knobclockwise or counterclockwise.

• BASS ControlTo increase the BASS, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the BASS,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• MIDDLE ControlTo increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the MID-DLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• TREBLE ControlTo increase the TREBLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the TRE-BLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• FADER ControlTurn the control knob clockwise to empha-size rear speaker sound(front speakersound will be attenuated). When the con-trol knob is turned counterclockwise, frontspeaker sound will be emphasized(rearspeaker sound will be attenuated).

• BALANCE ControlRotate the knob clockwise to emphasizeright speaker sound(left speaker soundwill be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counter clockwise, leftspeaker sound will be emphasized(rightspeaker sound will be attenuated).

12. DISC Selection Button(PA760)• Press [DISC ] button to change

disc to the previous disc.• Press [DISC ] button to change

disc to the next disc.

13. CD LOAD Button(PA760)Press [LOAD] button to load CDs intoavailable CDC slots (from 1~6).Press [LOAD] button for 2 seconds orlonger to load into all available decks. Thelast CD will play. Idle status for 10 sec-onds will terminate the loading process.

1084


USING YOUR USB DEVICE :• When using an external USB device,

make sure the device is not connectedwhen starting up the vehicle.

• If you start the engine when the USBdevice is connected, it may damagethe USB device. (USB flashdrives arevery sensitive to electric shock.)Connect the device after starting up.

• If the engine is started up or turned offwhile the external USB device is con-nected, the external USB device maynot work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with the

compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA music fileswith the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take precautions for static electricitywhen connecting or disconnecting theexternal USB device.

• An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not rec-ognizable.

• Depending on the condition of theexternal USB device, the connectedexternal USB device can be unrecog-nizable.

• When the formatted byte/sector settingof External USB device is not either512BYTE or 2048BYTE, then thedevice will not be recognized.

• Use only a USB device formatted toFAT 12/16/32.

• USB devices without USB I/F authenti-cation may not be recognizable.

• If you repeatedly connect or discon-nect the USB device in a short periodof time, it may break the device.

• You may hear a strange noise whenconnecting or disconnecting a USBdevice.

• If you disconnect the external USBdevice during playback in USB mode,the external USB device can be dam-aged or may malfunction. Therefore,disconnect the external USB devicewhen the audio is turned off or inanother mode. (e.g, Radio, SIRIUS orCD)

• Depending on the type and capacity ofthe external USB device or the type ofthe files stored in the device, there is adifference in the time taken for recogni-tion of the device.

• Do not use the USB device for purpos-es other than playing music files.

• If you use devices such as a USB hubpurchased separately, the vehicle’saudio system may not recognize theUSB device. In that case, connect theUSB device directly to the multimediaterminal of the vehicle.

• If the USB device is divided by logicaldrives, only the music files on the high-est-priority drive are recognized by caraudio.

• Devices such as MP3 Player/ Cellularphone/Digital camera can be unrecog-nizable by standard USB I/F can beunrecognizable.

• Some non-standard USB devices(METAL COVER TYPE USB) can beunrecognizable.

4 109


• Some USB flash memory readers(such as CF, SD, microSD, etc.) orexternal-HDD type devices can beunrecognizable.

• Music files protected by DRM (DIGI-TAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT) are notrecognizable.

• The data in the USB memory may belost while using this audio. Always backup important data on a personal stor-age device.

CAUTION - USB jack damage

Please avoid using USB memoryproducts which can be used as keychains or cellular phone acces-sories as they could cause damageto the USB jack. Please make cer-tain only to use plug type connectorproducts as shown below.

1104


1. AUX/USB Selection Button

2. TRACK Moving Button

3. RANDOM Playback Button

4. REPEAT Selection Button

5. SCAN Selection Button

6. INFO Button



AUX/USB(PA710TD, USA)


4 111


1. AUX/USB Selection Button




5. SCAN Selection Button

6. INFO Button



AUX/USB(PA760TD, USA)


1124


1. AUX/USB Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itturns to AUX or USB mode to play thesound from the auxiliary player. If there isno auxiliary device, then it displays themessage "No Media" for 3 seconds andreturns to the previous mode.

2. TRACK Moving Button• Press the [TRACK ] button for less

than 0.8 second to play from the begin-ning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-ond and press it again within 1 secondsto move to and play the previous track.Press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [TRACK ] button for lessthan 0.8 second to move to the nexttrack. Press the button for 0.8 secondor longer to play the song in forwarddirection in fast speed.

3. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto start or stop the random playback ofthe songs in the current folder.Press the button for more than 0.8 sec-ond to randomly play the entire songs inthe USB device.Press the button again to cancel the mode.

4. REPEAT ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto repeat the song currently played.Press the button for more than 0.8 sec-ond to repeat the entire songs in the USBdevice.

5. SCAN Selection ButtonScans each song in the USB device for10 seconds each.Press the button once again to cancelscanning.

6. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file current-ly played in the order of FILE NAME ➟

TITLE ➟ ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ FOLDER ➟TOTAL FILE ➟ NORMAL DISPLAY ➟

FILE NAME ➟… (Displays no informationif the file has no song information.)

7. FOLDER Moving Button• Press [FOLDER ] button to move to

child folder of the current folder anddisplay the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

• Press [FOLDER ] button to move toparent folder display the first song inthe folder.Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed.


Turn this button clockwise to display thesongs ahead of the currently played song.Turn the button counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song.• Press the button to skip to and play the

selected song.• Pressing the button changes the BASS,

MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BAL-ANCE TUNE mode. The mode selectedis shown on the display. After selectingeach mode, rotate the Audio controlknob clockwise or counterclockwise.

4 113


1. iPod Selection Button




5. INFO Button


7. CATEGORY Selection Button

RUNNING iPod®(PA710TD, USA)

iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

❈ There will be no ® logo if the Bluetooth® wireless technology feature is not supported.

1144


1. iPod Selection Button




5. INFO Button


7. CATEGORY Selection Button

RUNNING iPod(PA760TD, USA)

❈ There will be no ® logo if the Bluetooth® wireless technology feature is not supported.

4 115


1. iPod Selection ButtonIf iPod is connected, it switches to theiPod mode from the previous mode toplay the song files stored in the iPod.If there is no iPod connected, then it dis-plays the message "No Media" for 3 sec-onds and returns to the previous mode.

2. TRACK Moving Button• Press the [TRACK ] button for less

than 0.8 second to play from the begin-ning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-ond and press it again within 1 sec-onds to move to and play the previoustrack.Press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [TRACK ] button for lessthan 0.8 second to move to the nexttrack.Press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to play the song in forward direc-tion in fast speed.

3. REPEAT ButtonRepeats the song currently played.

4. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto start or stop the random playback ofthe songs within the current category.Press the button for longer than 0.8 sec-ond to randomly play all songs in theentire album of the iPod.Press the button once again to cancelthe mode.

5. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of TITLE ➟

ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ NORMAL DISPLAY➟ TITLE ➟... (Displays no information ifthe file has no song information.)


When you turn the button clockwise, itwill display the songs (category) aheadof the song currently played (category inthe same level).Also, when you turn the button counter-clockwise, it will display the songs (cate-gory) before the song currently played(category in the same level).To listen to the song displayed in thesong category, press the button to skip toand play the selected song.

Pressing the button changes the BASS,MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BAL-ANCE TUNE mode. The mode selectedis shown on the display. After selectingeach mode, rotate the Audio control knobclockwise or counterclockwise.

7. CATEGORY Selection ButtonMoves to the upper category from cur-rently played category of the iPod.To move to (play) the category (song)displayed, press TUNE/ENTER knob.You will be able to search through thelower category of the selected category.The order of iPod’s category is SONG,ALBUMS, ARTISTS, GENRES, and iPod.

1164


• Some iPod models might not supportthe communication protocol and thefiles will not be played.Supported iPod models:- iPod Mini®

- iPod 4th(Photo) ~ 6th(Classic) gener-ation

- iPod Nano® 1st~4th generation- iPod Touch® 1st~2nd generation

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the iPod can be different fromthe order searched in the audio sys-tem.

• If the iPod disabled due to its own mal-function, reset the iPod. (Reset: Referto iPod manual)

• An iPod may not operate normally onlow battery.

• Some iPod devices, such as theiPhone®, can be connected throughthe Bluetooth® wireless technologyinterface. The device must have audioBluetooth® wireless technology capa-bility (such as for stereo headphoneBluetooth® wireless technology). Thedevice can play, but it will not be con-trolled by the audio system.

• The Kia iPod Power Cable is needed inorder to operate iPod with the audiobuttons on the audio system. The USBcable provided by Apple may causemalfunction and should not be used forKia vehicles.❋ The Kia iPod Power Cable may be

purchased through your KiaDealership.

• When connecting iPod with the iPodPower Cable, insert the connector tothe multimedia socket completely. If notinserted completely, communicationsbetween iPod and audio may be inter-rupted.

• When adjusting the sound effects ofthe iPod and the audio system, thesound effects of both devices will over-lap and might reduce or distort thequality of the sound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizer func-tion of an iPod when adjusting theaudio system’s volume, and turn off theequalizer of the audio system whenusing the equalizer of an iPod.

• When the iPod cable is connected, thesystem can be switched to AUX modeeven without iPod device and maycause noise. Disconnect the iPod cablewhen you are not using the iPoddevice.

• When not using iPod with car audio,detach the iPod cable from iPod.Otherwise, iPod may remain in acces-sory mode, and may not work properly.

4 117


1. SATELLITE RADIO Selection Button

2. Channel Selection Button

3. SCAN Button

4. INFO Button

5. CAT/FOLDER Button

6. TUNE Knob and ENTER Button

7. Preset Selection Button

SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO(PA710TD, USA)


1184


1. SATELLITE RADIO Selection Button

2. Channel Selection Button

3. SCAN Button

4. INFO Button

5. CAT/FOLDER Button

6. TUNE Knob and ENTER Button

7. Preset Selection Button

SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO(PA760TD, USA)


4 119


How to Use SIRIUS SatelliteRadioYour Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3month complimentary period of SIRIUSSatellite Radio so you have access to over130 channels of music, information, andentertainment programming.

ActivationIn order to extend or reactivate yoursubscription to SIRIUS Satellite Radio,you will need to contact SIRIUSCustomer Care at 888-539-7474. Haveyour 12 digit SID (Sirius IdentificationNumber)/ESN (Electronic SerialNumber) ready. To retrieve theSID/ESN, turn on the radio, press the[SAT] button and tune to channel zero.Please note that the vehicle will need tobe turned on, in Sirius mode, and havean unobstructed view of the sky in orderfor the radio to receive the activationsignal.

1. SATELLITE RADIO SelectionButton(SIRIUS Satellite Radio)

Press the [SAT] button to switch to SIR-IUS Satellite Radio. It cycles through thedifferent bands as noted below.SAT1 ➟ SAT2 ➟ SAT3 ➟ SAT1 ➟...

2. Channel Selection Button• Press [TRACK ] or [SEEK ] but-

ton for less than 0.8 second to selectprevious or next channel.

• Press [TRACK ] or [SEEK ] but-ton for 0.8 or longer to continuouslymove to previous or next channel.

• If "CATEGORY" Icon is displayed at thetop of the screen, channel up/down isdone through the channels within cur-rent category.

3. SCAN Button • When the button is pressed, it automat-

ically scans the radio stations upwards.• The SCAN feature steps through each

channel, starting from the initial chan-nel for ten seconds.

• Press the [SCAN] button again to stopthe scan feature and to listen to the cur-rently selected channel.

• If "CATEGORY" Icon is displayed at thetop of the screen, channel changing isdone through the channels in currentcategory.

4. INFO Selection ButtonDisplays the information of the channelcurrently played by in the order of Artist/Song title ➟ Category/Channel name ➟

Composer(if available) ➟ Artist/Song title ➟Category/Channel name ➟... (ART/TITLESelection)Displays the information of the channelcurrently played by in the order ofCategory/Channel name ➟ Artist/Songtitle ➟ Composer(if available) ➟ Category/Channel name ➟ Artist/Song title ➟...(CAT/CH Selection) (If there is no infor-mation of COMPOSER NAME, it returnsto main display.)

5. CAT/FOLDER Button • Press [CAT ] or [FOLDER ] button

to enter the Category List Mode, it dis-plays category items and highlights thecategory that currently tuned channelbelongs to.

• On Category List Mode, press thesebuttons to navigate category list.

• Press [ENTER] button to select the low-est channel in highlighted category.

• If channel is selected by selecting cate-gory "CATEGORY" Icon is displayed atthe top of the screen.

1204


6. TUNE Knob and ENTER ButtonWhile listening to SIRIUS broadcast,rotate this knob to the right or left tosearch other channels while listening tocurrent channels and push this knob toselect what you want to listen to.(Turn to the right to search higher chan-nels and left lower channels)

7. Preset Selection Button• Push [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec-

ond to play the channel saved in eachbutton.

• Hold down the [PRESET] button for 0.8second or longer to save current chan-nel. An audible beep will play to confirmthe preset is stored.

✽✽ Troubleshooting1. Antenna Error

If this message is displayed, the anten-na or antenna cable is broken orunplugged. Please consult with yourKia dealership.

2. Acquiring Signal If this message is displayed, it meansthat the antenna is covered and thatthe SIRIUS Satellite Radio signal isnot available. Ensure the antenna isuncovered and has a clear view of thesky.

4 121


BLUETOOTH® PHONE OPERATION

1. button : Raises or lowersspeaker volume.

2. :Mute the microphone during a call.3. button : Activates voice recognition.4. button : Places and transfers calls.5. button : Ends calls or cancels func-

tions.

■ What is Bluetooth® wirelesstechnology?

Bluetooth® is a wireless technology thatallows multiple devices to be connectedin a short range, low-powered deviceslike hands-free, stereo headset, wirelessremocon, etc. For more information, visit theBluetooth® website at www.Bluetooth.com

■ General Features• This audio system supports Bluetooth®

wireless technology hands-free andstereo-headset features.- HANDS-FREE feature: Making or

receiving calls wirelessly throughvoice recognition.

- STEREO-HEADSET feature: Playingmusic from cellular phones (that sup-ports A2DP feature) wirelessly.

• Voice recognition engine of theBluetooth® wireless technology systemsupports 3 types of languages:

EnglishCanadian FrenchUS Spanish

• The phone must be paired to the sys-tem before using Bluetooth® wirelesstechnology features.

• Only one selected (linked) cellularphone can be used with the system at atime.

• Some phones are not fully compatiblewith this system.

■ Bluetooth® wireless technologyLanguage Setting

The system language can be changed bythe following steps:1. Power on the audio system with the

volume set to an audible level.2. Press and hold button on the

steering wheel until the audio displays“Please Wait”.

- The Bluetooth® wireless technologysystem will reply in currently selectedlanguage that it is changing to the nextlanguage.

- System language cycles between English,Canadian French and US Spanish.

- Press and hold the button on thesteering wheel for over 10 seconds.

3. When completed, the audio displayreturns to normal.

4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the next lan-guage selection.

NOTE:The phone needs to be paired againafter changing system language.- Avoid resting your thumb or finger

on the button as the languagecould unintentionally change.

MUTE

VOLUME

12

4

53


1224

■ Receiving a Phone CallWhen receiving a phone call, a ringtoneis audible from speakers and the audiosystem changes into telephone mode.When receiving a phone call, “Incomingcall” message and incoming phone num-ber (if available) are displayed on theaudio.

• To Answer a Call:- Press button on the steering wheel.• To Reject a Call:- Press button on the steering wheel.• To Adjust Ring Volume:- Use VOLUME buttons on the steering

wheel.• To Transfer a Call to the Phone (Secret

Call):- Press and hold button on the

steering wheel until the audio systemtransfers a call to the phone.

■ Talking on the PhoneWhen talking on the phone, “Active Call”message and the other party’s phonenumber (if available) are displayed on theaudio.

• To Finish a Call- Press button on the steering wheel.

■ Bluetooth® Audio Music StreamingThe audio system supports Bluetooth®

A2DP (Audio Advanced DistributionProfile) and AVRCP (Audio VideoRemote Control Profile) technologies.Both profiles provide steaming of musicvia compatible “PAIRED” Bluetooth®

Cellular phone.To stream music from the Bluetooth® cel-lular phone, play your music files on yourcellular phone according to your cellularphone user’s manual and press the

button on the audio system until“MP3 play” is displayed on the LCD.The audio system head unit displays‘MP3 MODE’.

AUX

4 123


NOTE:• In addition to streaming MP3 files,

all music and sound files your cellu-lar phone supports can be playedby the audio system.

• Bluetooth® compatible cellularphones must include A2DP andAVRCP capabilities.

• Some A2DP and AVRCP compatibleBluetooth® cellular phones may notplay music through the audio sys-tem initially. These cellular phonesmay need to have the Bluetooth®

streaming enabled, for example;i.e : Menu➟Filemanager➟Music➟

Option➟Play via Bluetooth • Please refer to User’s Guide for your

cellular phone for more information.To cancel Bluetooth® cellular phonemusic streaming, stop music play-back on the cellular phone orchange the audio mode to AM/FM,SIRIUS, CD, iPod, ect.

■ Phone SetupAll Bluetooth® related operations can beperformed in PHONE menu.1) Push the button to enter

SETUP mode.2) Select “PHONE” item by rotating the

knob, then push the knob.

3) Select desired item by rotating theknob, then push the knob.

• Pairing a phoneBefore using Bluetooth® features, thephone must be paired (registered) withthe audio system. Up to 5 phones can bepaired with the system.

NOTE:• The pairing procedure of the phone

varies according to each phonemodel. Before attempting to pairphone, please see your phone’sUser’s Guide for instructions.

• Once pairing with the phone is com-pleted, there is no need to pair withthat phone again unless the phoneis deleted manually from the audiosystem (refer “Deleting a Phone”section) or the vehicle’s informationis removed from the phone.

➀ Press button to enter SETUPmode.

➁ Select “PHONE”, then “PAIR” inPHONE menu.

➂ The audio displays “Device : [Name]passkey: 0000”

➃ Search and select the device name inyour mobile phone to starting the pair-ing process.

SETUP

TUNE

TUNE

SETUP


1244

NOTE:• If the phone is paired with two or

more vehicles of the same model,some phones may not handleBluetooth® devices of that namecorrectly. In this case, you may needto change the name displayed onyour phone.For example, if the vehicles' name isKMC CAR, you may need to changethe name displayed on you phonefrom KMC_CAR to JOHNS_CAR orKMC CAR_1 to avoid ambiguity.Refer to your phone User’s Guide, orcontact your cellular carrier or phonemanufacturer for instructions.

• Connecting a phoneWhen the Bluetooth® system is enabled,the phone previously used is automati-cally selected and re-connected. If youwant to select different phone previouslypaired, the phone can be selectedthrough “Select Phone” menu.Only a selected phone can be used withthe hands-free system at a time.


➁ Select “PHONE”, then “SELECT” inPHONE menu.

➂ Select desired phone name from the listshown.

➃ The Bluetooth® icon appears on theupper side of audio display when aphone is connected.

• Changing PriorityIf several phones are paired with theaudio system, the system attempts toconnect following order when theBluetooth® system is enabled:1) “Priority” checked phone.2) Previously connected phone3) Gives up auto connection.


➁ Select “PHONE”, then “PRIORITY” inPHONE menu.

➂ Select desired phone name from thelist shown.

• Deleting a PhoneThe paired phone can be deleted.- When the phone is deleted, all the infor-

mation associated with that phone isalso deleted (including phonebook).

- If you want to use the deleted phone withthe audio system again, pairing proce-dure must be completed once more.


➁ Select “PHONE”, then “DELETE” inPHONE menu.

➂ Select desired phone name from the listshown.

SETUP

SETUP

SETUP

4 125


• ADVANCED MenuAfter pressing the button, selectthe “PHONE” menu. while in PHONEmenu, select the “ADVANCED” menu tomake Bluetooth® Phone settings.(TheADVANCED menu may differ according toaudio specifications.)

Incoming Volume (Bluetooth® call vol-ume adjustments)While in ADVANCED menu, select“IN VOL.” Use the knob key to set thedesired volume and press the button.

Contacts Sync (Automatic Phonebookdownload setting)While in ADVANCED menu, select“CONTACTS” To automatically save thecontacts and call history in your mobilephone each time you connect a mobiledevice, select ON. If you do not wish forautomatic download, select OFF.It’s not available to make a phone call bybluetooth audio system while the phone-book is being downloaded.

Bluetooth® system offWhile in ADVANCED menu, select“BT OFF” to turn off the Bluetooth®

System.

■ Voice Recognition Activation• The voice recognition engine contained

in the Bluetooth® System can be acti-vated in the following conditions:- Button Activation

The voice recognition system will beactive when the button is pressedand after the sound of a Beep.

- Active ListeningThe voice recognition system will beactive for a period of time when theVoice Recognition system has askedfor a customer response.

• The system can recognize single digitsfrom zero to nine while number greaterthan ten will not be recognized.

• The system shall cancel voice recogni-tion mode in following cases : Whenpressing the button and saying“cancel” following the beep. When notmaking a call and pressing thebutton. When voice recognition hasfailed 3 consecutive times.

• At any time if you say “help”, the systemwill announce what commands areavailable.

ENTER

SETUP


1264

■ Menu treeThe menu tree identifies available voicerecognition Bluetooth® functions.

■ Making a Phone Call• Direct Calling ➀ Press button.➁ Say the following command.

- Call <John> : Connects the call to John.- Call <John> on <Mobile> : Connects

the call to John’s mobile phone number.- Call <John> at <Home> : Connects

the call to john’s home number.- Call <John> in <Office> : Connects

the call to John’s office number.

Note:Calls can be immediately connectedto contacts who name or voice tag aresaved in the phonebook(or contacts).

• Calling by NameA phone call can be made by speakingnames registered in the audio system.

➀ Press button.➁ Say “Call”.➂ Say “By name” when prompted.➃ Say desired name (in Phonebook or

voice tag).➄ Say desired location (phone number

type). Only stored locations can beselected.

➅ Say “Yes” to confirm and make a call.

Call [Name] Ex) Call John(at Home)

Ex) Dial 911Dial [Number]

Redial

Call Back

Add entryPhonebook

Change name

Delete name

By phone

By voice

Call By name

By number

✽✽ Tip■ Voice OperationTo get the best performance out of theVoice Recognition System, observe thefollowings:- Keep the interior of the vehicle as

quiet as possible. Close the windowto eliminate surrounding noise(traffic noise, vibration sounds,etc), which may disturb recogniz-ing the voice command correctly.

- Speak a command after a beepsound within 5 seconds. Otherwisethe command will not be receivedproperly.

- Speak in a natural voice withoutpausing between words.

- While receiving voice commands,press the button on the steer-ing wheel remote controller to ter-minate guidance. Voice commandwill convert back to waiting modeto allow the user to say a new voicecommand.

4 127


✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available:1. Say “Call Name”

• Dialing by NumberA phone call can be made by dialing thespoken numbers. The system can recog-nize single digits from zero to nine.

➀ Press button.➁ Say “Call”.➂ Say “By number” when prompted.➃ Say desired phone numbers.➄ Say “Dial” to complete the number and

make a call.

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available:➀ Say “Dial Number”➁ Say “Dial <digit>”

■ Phone Book (In-Vehicle)• Adding entry by voicePhone numbers and voice tags can beregistered. Entries registered in thephone can also be transferred.

➀ Press button.➁ Say "Phonebook".

- The system replies with all availablecommands.

- To skip the information message,press again and then a beep isheard.

➂ Say “Add Entry”.➃ Say “By Voice” to proceed.➄ Say the name of the entry when

prompted.➅ Say “Yes” to confirm.➆ Say the phone number of that entry

when prompted.➇ Say “Store” if phone number input is

finished.➈ Say a phone number type. “Home”,

“Work”, “Mobile”, “Other” or “Default” isavailable.

➉ Say “Yes” to complete adding entry.Say “Yes” to store additional locationfor this contact, or say “Cancel” to fin-ish the process.

• Adding Entry by Phone➀ Press button.➁ Say "Phonebook".➂ Say "Add Entry" after prompt.➃ Say "By Phone" to proceed.➄ Say “Yes” to confirm.➅ Your phone will start to transfer

phone/contact list to the audio system.This process may take over 10 min-utes depending on the phone modeland number of entries

➆ Wait till the audio displays “TransferComplete” message.

• Changing NameThe registered names can be modified.

➀ Press button.➁ Say “Phonebook”.➂ Say “Change Name” after prompt.➃ Say the name of the entry (voice tag).➄ Say “Yes” to confirm.➅ Say new desired name.

11


1284

• Deleting NameThe registered names can be deleted.

➀ Press button.➁ Say “Phonebook”.➂ Say “Delete Name” after prompt.➃ Say the name of the entry (voice tag).➄ Say “Yes” to confirm.

■ Bluetooth® Audio Speaker AdaptationSpeaker adaptation will improve perform-ance of voice recognition system to aparticular user voice.This will degrade the performance forother users.

• Record➀ Press button for 10sec.➁ Say “Record profile”.➂ Say “Yes”.➃ Say the word displayed on Radio.

• Delete➀ Press button for 10sec.➁ Say “Delete profile”.➂ Say “Yes”.

• Do not use a cellular phone or performBluetooth® wireless technology set-tings (e.g. pairing a phone) while driv-ing.

• Some Bluetooth® wireless technology-enabled phones may not be recog-nized by the system or fully compatiblewith the system.

• Before using Bluetooth® wireless tech-nology related features of the audiosystem, refer your phone’s User’sManual for phone-side Bluetooth®

wireless technology operations.• The phone must be paired to the audio

system to use Bluetooth® wirelesstechnology related features.

• You will not be able to use the hands-free feature when your phone (in thecar) is outside of the cellular servicearea (e.g. in a tunnel, in a under-ground, in a mountainous area, etc.).

4 129


• If the cellular phone signal is poor orthe vehicles interior noise is too loud, itmay be difficult to hear the other per-son’s voice during a call.

• Do not place the phone near or insidemetallic objects, otherwise communi-cations with Bluetooth® wireless tech-nology system or cellular service sta-tions can be disturbed.

• While a phone is connected throughBluetooth® wireless technology yourphone may discharge quicker thanusual for additional Bluetooth® wire-less technology-related operations.

• Some cellular phones or other devicesmay cause interference noise or mal-function to audio system. In this case,store the device in a different locationmay resolve the situation.

NOTE:If you need more information about Kia’sBluetooth® wireless technology.Contact kia website “www.kia.com”(OWNERS>General Info> Bluetooth®

wireless technology).

■ Key matrix

No.

Class

Paired H/PEmpty

Disconnected

1

SHORT

LONG

SHORT

SHORT

LONG[10sec]

LONG[10sec]

Normal mode BT SETUP menuIncoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call 2nd Call

Not Paired Not Connecting - - Accept Call

Connected

-2nd call

1st Call:waiting2nd Call:active

2nd Call2nd Call:waiting1st Call:active

KEY

- - - - - - Transfer call:secret call

End CallVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelReject Call End Call End Call

-

Active

Changelanguage

-

Active

SpeakerAdaptation

(Only English)

Changelanguage

Active

Changelanguage

Active

-Speaker

Adaptation(Only English)

Changelanguage

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- -

2

3


4 130

5

Before driving / 5-3Key positions / 5-4ENGINE START/STOP button / 5-6Starting the engine / 5-9Manual transaxle / 5-12Automatic transaxle / 5-15Brake system / 5-21Cruise control system / 5-30Economical operation / 5-34Special driving conditions / 5-36Winter driving / 5-40

Vehicle load limit / 5-44Vehicle weight / 5-49



25

Be sure the exhaust system doesnot leak.The exhaust system should be checkedwhenever the vehicle is raised to changethe oil or for any other purpose. If youhear a change in the sound of theexhaust or if you drive over somethingthat strikes the underneath side of thecar, have the exhaust system checked assoon as possible by an authorized Kiadealer.

WARNING - Engineexhaust

Do not inhale exhaust fumes orleave your engine running in aenclosed area for a prolonged time.Exhaust fumes contain carbonmonoxide, a colorless, odorlessgas that can cause unconscious-ness and death by asphyxiation.

WARNING - Open trunkDo not drive with the trunk open.Poisonous exhaust gases can enterthe passenger compartment If you must drive with the trunkopen proceed as follows:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at

"Fresh", the air flow control at"Floor" or "Face" and the fan atthe highest speed.

WARNING - Californiaproposition 65

Engine exhaust and a wide varietyof automobile components andparts, including components foundin the interior furnishings in a vehi-cle, contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects andreproductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of componentwear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm.

5 3


E020100AUN

Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

E020200AUN

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, enginecoolant, brake fluid, and washer fluidshould be checked on a regular basis,with the exact interval depending on thefluid. Further details are provided inSection 7, “Maintenance”.

E020300AHM

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all controls are

easily reached.• Buckle your seat belt.• Adjust the inside and outside rearview

mirrors.• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

• Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are famil-iar with your vehicle and its equipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNING - Distracteddriving

Focus on the road while driving.The driver's primary responsibilityis in the safe and legal operation ofthe vehicle. Use of any handleddevices, other equipment or vehiclesystems that distract the driveshould not be used during vehicleoperation.

WARNING - Check surrounding

Always check the surrounding areasnear your vehicle for people, espe-cially children, before putting a vehi-cle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).


45

E030100AHM

Illuminated ignition switch (if equipped)Whenever a front door is opened, theignition switch will illuminate for your con-venience, provided the ignition switch isnot in the ON position.The light will go offimmediately when the ignition switch isturned on. It will also go off after about 30seconds when the door is closed.

OTD059001

KEY POSITIONS

WARNING - Fire riskWhen you intend to park or stop thevehicle with the engine on, be care-ful not to depress the acceleratorpedal for a long period of time. Itmay overheat the engine or exhaustsystem and cause fire.

WARNING - Driving whileintoxicated

Do not drive while intoxicated.Drinking and driving is dangerous.Even a small amount of alcohol willaffect your reflexes, perceptionsand judgment. Driving while underthe influence of drugs is as danger-ous as or more dangerous thandriving drunk.

WARNING - Loose objectSecurely store items in your vehi-cle. When you make a sudden stopor turn the steering wheel rapidly,loose objects may drop on the floorand it could interfere with the oper-ation of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident.

5 5


Ignition switch positionE030201AUN

LOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. The ignition key can beremoved only in the LOCK position.When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, push the key inward atthe ACC position and turn the key towardthe LOCK position.The anti-theft steering column lock is nota substitute for the parking brake. Beforeleaving the driver’s seat, always makesure the shift lever is engaged in 1st gearfor the manual transaxle or P (Park) forautomatic transaxle, set the parkingbrake fully and shut the engine off.

E030202AUN

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-trical accessories are operative.If difficulty is experienced turning theignition switch to the ACC position, turnthe key while turning the steering wheelright and left to release the tension.

E030203AUN

ONThe warning lights can be checked beforethe engine is started. This is the normalrunning position after the engine is started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON if theengine is not running to prevent batterydischarge.

E030204APB

STARTTurn the ignition switch to the START posi-tion to start the engine. The engine willcrank until you release the key; then itreturns to the ON position.The brake warn-ing light can be checked in this position.

E030205APB

OTD059016

WARNING - Ignition switchNever turn the ignition switch toLOCK or ACC while the vehicle ismoving.This would result in loss ofdirectional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

WARNING - Steering wheelNever reach for any controlsthrough the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is in motion. The pres-ence of your hand or arm in thisarea could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol.


65

Illuminated ENGINE START/STOPbuttonE030100ATD

Whenever the front door is opened, theENGINE START/STOP button will illumi-nate for your convenience. The light willgo off after about 30 seconds when thedoor is closed.

ENGINE START/STOP buttonpositionE030701ATD

OFF

To turn off the engine (START/RUN posi-tion) or vehicle power (ON position),press the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwith the shift lever in the P (Park) posi-tion. When you press the ENGINESTART/STOP button without the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, theENGINE START/STOP button will notchange to the OFF position but to theACC position.Also, the steering wheel locks when theENGINE START/STOP button is in theOFF position to protect you against theft.It locks when the door is opened or whenyou pull out the smart key from the smartkey holder.If the steering wheel is not locked prop-erly when you open the driver's door, thewarning chime will sound. Try locking thesteering wheel again. If the problem isnot solved, have it checked by an author-ized Kia dealer.

In addition, if the ENGINE START/STOPbutton is in the OFF position after the dri-ver's door is opened, the steering wheelwill not lock and the warning chime willsound. In such a situation, close the door.Then the steering wheel will lock and thewarning chime will stop.If the steering wheel doesn't unlock prop-erly, the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwill not work. Press the ENGINESTART/STOP button while turning thesteering wheel right and left to releasethe tension.In an emergency situation while the vehi-cle is in motion, you are able to turn theengine off and to the ACC position bypressing the ENGINE START/STOP but-ton for more than 2 seconds or 3 timessuccessively within 3 seconds. If thevehicle is still moving, you can restart theengine without depressing the brakepedal by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button with the shift leverin the N (Neutral) position.

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)

OTD059002

Not illuminated

5 7


E030202AHM

ACC(Accessory)

Press the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwhile it is in the OFF position withoutdepressing the brake pedal.The steering wheel unlocks and electri-cal accessories are operational.If the ENGINE START/STOP button is inthe ACC position for more than 1 hour,the button is turned off automatically toprevent battery discharge.

E030203AHM

ON

Press the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwhile it is in the ACC position withoutdepressing the brake pedal.The warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. Do not leavethe ENGINE START/STOP button in theON position for a long time. The batterymay discharge, because the engine isnot running.

E030704AHM

START/RUN

To start the engine, depress the brakepedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button with the shift lever in the P(Park) or the N (Normal) position. Foryour safety, start the engine with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position.If you press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton without depressing the brakepedal, the engine will not start and thebutton will change as follow:OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF

Orange indicator Green indicator Not illuminated


85

E030205AHM

If you leave the ENGINE START/ STOPbutton in the ACC or ON position for along time, the battery will discharge.

WARNING - Starting vehicle

Never press the ENGINESTART/STOP button while the vehi-cle is in motion.This would result inloss of directional control and brak-ing function, which could cause anaccident.

5 9


E040000APB

E040100ATD-EU

Starting the engine with an igni-tion key (if equipped)

1. Make sure the parking brake isapplied.

2. Manual Transaxle - Depress theclutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhile turning the ignition switch to thestart position.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andhold it there until the engine starts (amaximum of 10 seconds), thenrelease the key.

4. In extremely cold weather (below 0°F / -18°C) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressingthe accelerator.

If the engine stalls while the vehicle is inmotion, do not attempt to move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position. If traffic androad conditions permit, you may put theshift lever in the N (Neutral) positionwhile the vehicle is still moving and turnthe ignition switch to the START positionin an attempt to restart the engine.

STARTING THE ENGINE

WARNING - Properfootwear

Always wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots, sandals, etc.) may interferewith your ability to use the brakeand accelerator pedal.

CAUTION - StarterDo not engage the starter for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine stallsor fails to start, wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore re-engaging the starter.Improper use of the starter maydamage it.


105

E040300ATD-EU

Starting the engine with a smartkey (if equipped)1. Carry the smart key or leave it inside

the vehicle.2. Make sure the parking brake is firmly

applied3. Place the transaxle shift lever in P

(Park).4. Press the ENGINE START/STOP but-

ton while depressing the brake pedal.5. In extremely cold weather (below 0°F /

-18°C) or after the vehicle has notbeen operated for several days, let theengine warm up without depressingthe accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressing theaccelerator.• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,

if it is far away from you, the enginemay not start.

• When the ENGINE START/STOP but-ton is in the ACC position or above, ifany door is opened, the system checksfor the smart key. If the smart key is notin the vehicle, the warning "Key is notin vehicle" will illuminate on the LCDdisplay. And if all doors are closed, thechime will sound for 5 seconds. Theindicator or warning will turn off whilethe vehicle is moving. Always have thesmart key with you.

The engine will start, only when thesmart key is in the vehicle.

WARNING - Unintendedvehicle movement

Never leave the smart key in thevehicle with children or vehicleoccupants who are unfamiliar withthe vehicle operation. Pushing theENGINE START/STOP button whilethe smart key is in the vehicle mayresult in unintended engine activa-tion and/or unintended vehiclemovement.

OTD059005

5 11


✽✽ NOTICE• If the battery is weak or the smart key

does not work correctly, you can startthe engine by inserting the smart keyin the smart key holder. When youpull out the smart key from the smartkey holder, press the smart key andpull it out.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you

can't start the engine normally.Replace the fuse with a new one. If itis not possible, you can start theengine by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button for 10 secondswhile it is in the ACC position. Theengine can start without depressingthe brake pedal. But for your safetyalways depress the brake pedal beforestarting the engine.

Do not press the ENGINE START/ STOPbutton for more than 10 seconds exceptwhen the stop lamp fuse is blown.

OTD051004


125

E050000AUN

E050100ATD-EU

Manual transaxle operationThe manual transaxle has 6 forwardgears.This shift pattern is imprinted on the shiftknob. The transaxle is fully synchronizedin all forward gears so shifting to either ahigher or a lower gear is easily accom-plished.Depress the clutch pedal down fully whileshifting, then release it slowly.If your vehicle is equipped with an igni-tion lock switch, the engine will not startwhen starting the engine withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.The shift lever must be returned to theneutral position before shifting into R(Reverse). The ring (1) located below theshift knob must be pulled upward whilemoving the shift lever to the R (Reverse)position.Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into R (Reverse).Never operate the engine with thetachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OTD051006

The shift lever can be moved withoutpulling the ring (1).

The ring (1) must be pulled while mov-ing the shift lever.

CAUTION - DownshiftingDo not downshift more than 2 gearsor downshift the gear when theengine is running at high speed(5,000 RPM or higher). Such adownshifting may damage theengine.

5 13


• During cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transaxle lubricant iswarmed up. This is normal and notharmful to the transaxle.

• If you've come to a complete stop andit's hard to shift into 1st or R (Reverse),leave the shift lever at neutral positionand release the clutch. Depress theclutch pedal back down, and then shiftinto 1st or R (Reverse) gear position.

E050101APB

Using the clutchThe clutch should be depressed all theway to the floor before shifting, thenreleased slowly. The clutch pedal shouldalways be fully released while driving. Donot rest your foot on the clutch pedalwhile driving. This can cause unneces-sary wear. Do not partially engage theclutch to hold the vehicle on an incline.This causes unnecessary wear. Use thefoot brake or parking brake to hold thevehicle on an incline. Do not operate theclutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly.

E050102APB

DownshiftingWhen you must slow down in heavy traf-fic or while driving up steep hills, down-shift before the engine starts to labor.Downshifting reduces the chance ofstalling and gives better accelerationwhen you need to increase your speedagain. When the vehicle is traveling downsteep hills, downshifting helps maintainsafe speed and prolongs brake life.

CAUTION - Premature wear• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the clutch pedal or use theclutch pedal to hold the vehiclestopped on an uphill or at a trafficlight. This will result in prematureclutch wear.

• Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, as thiscan result in premature wear ofthe transaxle shift forks.

WARNING - Incline parkingBefore leaving the driver’s seat,always set the parking brake fullyand shut the engine off. Then makesure the transaxle is shifted into 1stgear when the vehicle is parked ona level or uphill grade, and shiftedinto R (Reverse) on a downhillgrade. Unexpected and suddenvehicle movement can occur ifthese precautions are not followedin the order identified.


145

E050200ATD

Good driving practices• Never take the vehicle out of gear and

coast down a hill. This is extremelyhazardous. Always leave the vehicle ingear.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction.Instead, when you are driving down along hill, shift to a lower gear. Whenyou do this, engine braking will helpslow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. This will help avoid over-revvingthe engine, which can cause damage.

• Slow down when you encounter crosswinds. This gives you much better con-trol of your vehicle.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shift intoR (Reverse). The transaxle can bedamaged if you do not. To shift into R(Reverse), depress the clutch, movethe shift lever to neutral, wait three sec-onds, then shift to the R (Reverse)position.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

• Always buckle-up! In a collision, anunbelted occupant is significantly morelikely to be seriously injured or killedthan a properly belted occupant.

• Never exceed posted speed limits.

WARNING - Vehicle handling

Avoid high speeds when corneringor turning. High speed corneringand turning increases the risk ofvehicle rollover due to loss of vehi-cle control. Rollover accidents areextremely violent and unpre-dictable.

5 15


E060000ATD

E060100ATD-EU

Automatic transaxle operationThe automatic transaxle has 6 forwardspeeds and one reverse speed. The indi-vidual speeds are selected automatically,depending on the position of the shiftlever.

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, ifthe battery has been disconnected, maybe somewhat abrupt. This is a normalcondition, and the shifting sequence willadjust after shifts are cycled a few timesby the TCM (Transaxle ControlModule) or PCM (Powertrain ControlModule).

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OTD051007

Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.

The shift lever can be shifted freely.

Press the button when shifting.


165

For smooth operation, depress the brakepedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to aforward or reverse gear.

When stopped on an upgrade, do nothold the vehicle with engine power. Usethe service brake or the parking brake.

E060101ATD-EU

Transaxle rangesThe indicator light in the instrument clus-ter displays the shift lever position whenthe ignition switch is in the ON position.

P (Park)Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park). This position locksthe transaxle and prevents the frontwheels from rotating.

Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle isin motion will cause the drive wheels tolock which will cause you to lose controlof the vehicle.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift lever isin the P (Park) position; then set theparking brake fully and shut theengine off. Do not use the P posi-tion in place of the parking brake.Always make sure the shift lever islatched in the P position and set theparking brake fully. Unexpectedand sudden vehicle movement canoccur if these precautions are notfollowed.

CAUTION - TransaxleTo avoid damage to your transaxle,do not accelerate the engine in R(Reverse) or any forward gear posi-tion with the brakes on. Thetransaxle may be damaged if youshift into P (Park) while the vehicleis in motion.

5 17


R (Reverse)Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)The wheels and transaxle are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or service brakes are applied.

D (Drive)This is the normal forward driving posi-tion. The transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 6-gear sequence, providing thebest fuel economy and power.

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing grades, depress theaccelerator fully, at which time thetransaxle will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear.

Sports modeWhether the vehicle is stopped or inmotion, sports mode is selected by push-ing the shift lever from the D (Drive) posi-tion into the manual gate. To return to D(Drive) range operation, push the shiftlever back into the main gate.

In sports mode, moving the shift leverbackwards and forwards will allow you tomake gearshifts rapidly. In contrast to amanual transaxle, the sports modeallows gearshifts with the acceleratorpedal depressed.

CAUTION - ShiftingAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R(Reverse) while the vehicle is inmotion, except when “Rocking theVehicle” explained in this section. OTD051008

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)Sports mode


185

Up (+) : Push the lever forward once toshift up one gear.

Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards onceto shift down one gear.

• In sports mode, the driver must exe-cute upshifts in accordance with roadconditions, taking care to keep theengine speed below the red zone.

• In sports mode, only the 6 forwardgears can be selected. To reverse orpark the vehicle, move the shift lever tothe R (Reverse) or P (Park) position asrequired.

• In sports mode, downshifts are madeautomatically when the vehicle slowsdown. When the vehicle stops, 1st gearis automatically selected.

• In sports mode, when the engine rpmapproaches the red zone shift pointsare varied to upshift automatically.

• To maintain the required levels of vehi-cle performance and safety, the systemmay not execute certain gearshiftswhen the shift lever is operated.

• When driving on a slippery road, pushthe shift lever forward into the +(up)position. This causes the transaxle toshift into the 2nd gear which is betterfor smooth driving on a slippery road.Push the shift lever to the -(down) sideto shift back to the 1st gear.

Paddle shifter (if equipped)The paddle shifter is available when theshift lever is in the D position or the sportmode.

OTD051041

5 19


With the shift lever in the D position The paddle shifter can operate when thevehicle speed is more than 10km/h.Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once toshift up or down one gear and the systemchanges from automatic mode to manualmode.If the vehicle speed is lower than 10km/h,if you depressing the accelerator pedalfor more than 7 seconds or if you shift theshift lever from D to sports mode andshift it from sports mode to D again, thesystem change from manual mode toautomatic mode.

With the shift lever in the sports mode Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once toshift up or down one gear.

If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle shifters atthe same time, you can't shift the gear.

E060102ATD

Shift lock system (if equipped)For your safety, the automatic transaxlehas a shift lock system which preventsshifting the transaxle out of P (Park)unless the brake pedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle from P (Park) into R(Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, a chatteringnoise near the shift lever may be heard.This is a normal condition.

Shift-lock overrideIf the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) or N (Neutral) position intothe R (Reverse) position with the brakepedal depressed, continue depressingthe brake, then do the following:

WARNING - Shifting frompark

Always fully depress the brakepedal before and while shifting outof the P (Park) position into anoth-er position to avoid inadvertentmotion of the vehicle.

OTD051040N

OTD051009

■ Type A

■ Type B


205

Type A1. Carefully remove the cap covering the

shift-lock access hole (1).2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into the

access hole and press down on thekey (or screwdriver).

3. Move the shift lever.4. Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer immediately.

Type B1. Press the shift-lock release button.2. Move the shift lever.3. Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer immediately.

E060103AUN

Ignition key interlock system (if equipped)The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P (Park)position.

E060200APB

Good driving practices• Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other posi-tion with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P (Park)when the vehicle is in motion.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Do notdepend on placing the transaxle in P(Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.

E060203AFD

Moving up a steep grade from a stand-ing startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, depress the brake pedal, shiftthe shift lever to D (Drive). Select theappropriate gear depending on loadweight and steepness of the grade, andrelease the parking brake. Depress theaccelerator gradually while releasing theservice brakes.

5 21


E070100AUN

Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of a stalledengine or some other reason, you canstill stop your vehicle by applying greaterforce to the brake pedal than you nor-mally would. The stopping distance, how-ever, will be longer.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only when neces-sary to maintain steering control on slip-pery surfaces.

Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s abil-ity to safely slow down; the vehicle mayalso pull to one side when the brakes areapplied. Applying the brakes lightly willindicate whether they have been affectedin this way. To dry the brakes, apply themlightly while maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performance returns tonormal.

E070101AUN

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while thevehicle is in motion, you can make anemergency stop with the parking brake.The stopping distance, however, will bemuch greater than normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

WARNING - Parking brakeAvoid applying the parking brake tostop the vehicle while it is movingexcept in an emergency situation.Applying the parking brake whilethe vehicle is moving at normalspeeds can cause a sudden loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. If you mustuse the parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.

WARNING - Steep hillbraking

Avoid continuous application of thebrakes when descending a long orsteep hill by shifting to a lowergear. Continuous brake applicationwill cause the brakes to overheatand could result in a temporaryloss of braking performance.

CAUTION - Brake pedalDo not drive with your foot restingon the brake pedal. This will createabnormally high brake tempera-tures which can cause excessivebrake lining and pad wear.


225

E070102AUN

Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and newpads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your frontbrakes or rear brakes (if equipped). Youmay hear this sound come and go or itmay occur whenever you depress thebrake pedal.Please remember that some driving con-ditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem with yourbrakes.

Always replace the front or rear brakepads as pairs.

E070106APB

Rear drum brakes (if equipped)Your rear drum brakes do not have wearindicators. Therefore, have the rear brakelinings inspected if you hear a rubbingnoise. Also have your rear brakesinspected each time you change orrotate your tires and when you have thefront brakes replaced.

Parking brake E070201APB

Applying the parking brakeTo engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then without pressingthe release button in, pull the parkingbrake lever up as far as possible. In addi-tion it is recommended that when parkingthe vehicle on a gradient, the shift levershould be positioned in the appropriatelow gear for manual transaxle vehicles orin the P (Park) position for automatictransaxle vehicles.

WARNING - Brake wearDo not ignore high pinched wearsounds from your brakes. If youignore this audible warning, youwill eventually lose braking per-formance, which could lead to aserious accident.

CAUTION - Parking brakeDriving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessive brakepad (or lining) and brake rotor wear.

OTD059010

CAUTION - Replace brakepedal

Do not continue to drive with wornbrake pads. Continuing to drivewith worn brake pads can damagethe braking system and result incostly brake repairs.

5 23


E070202APB

Releasing the parking brakeTo release the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and pull up the parkingbrake lever slightly. Secondly, press therelease button (1) and lower the parkingbrake lever (2) while holding the button.

Check the brake warning light by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine).This light will illuminate when theparking brake is applied with the ignitionswitch in the START or ON position.Before driving, be sure the parking brakeis fully released and the brake warninglight is off.If the brake warning light remains onafter the parking brake is released whilethe engine is running, there may be amalfunction in the brake system.Immediate attention is necessary.If at all possible, stop driving the vehicleimmediately. If that is not possible, useextreme caution while operating the vehi-cle and only continue to drive the vehicleuntil you can reach a safe location orrepair shop.

WARNING - Parking brakeuse

All vehicles should always have theparking brake fully engaged whenparking to avoid inadvertent move-ment of the vehicle which caninjure occupants or pedestrians.

OTD059011 W-75


245

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) (if equipped)ABS (or ESC) will not prevent accidentsdue to improper or dangerous drivingmaneuvers. Even though vehicle controlis improved during emergency braking,always maintain a safe distance betweenyou and objects ahead. Vehicle speedsshould always be reduced duringextreme road conditions.The vehicle should be driven at reducedspeeds in the following circumstances:• When driving on rough, gravel or

snow-covered roads• When driving with tire chains installed• When driving on roads where the road

surface is pitted or has different sur-face heights.

Driving in these conditions increases thestopping distance for your vehicle.

The ABS continuously senses the speedof the wheels. If the wheels are going tolock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-lates the hydraulic brake pressure to thewheels.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum benefitfrom your ABS in an emergency situa-tion, do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try to pumpyour brakes. Press your brake pedal ashard as possible or as hard as the situa-tion allows the ABS to control the forcebeing delivered to the brakes.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the anti-lock brake systemis functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake system,your vehicle still requires sufficientstopping distance. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from exces-sive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake systemmay result in a longer stopping dis-tance than for vehicles equipped with aconventional brake system.

5 25


The ABS warning light will stay on forapproximately 3 seconds after the igni-tion switch is ON. During that time, theABS will go through self-diagnosis andthe light will go off if everything is normal.If the light stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS but your regularbrakes will work normally. Contact anauthorized Kia dealer as soon as possi-ble.

• When you drive on a road with poortraction, such as an icy road, and oper-ated your brakes continuously, theABS will be active continuously and theABS warning light may illuminate. Pullyour vehicle over to a safe place andstop the engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABS warninglight is off, then your ABS is normal.Otherwise, you may have a problemwith the ABS. Contact an authorizedKia dealer as soon as possible.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light may turn on at the sametime. This happens because of the lowbattery voltage. It does not mean yourABS has malfunctioned.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

E070500AHM-EU

Electronic stability control (ESC)The Electronic Stability control (ESC)system is designed to stabilize the vehicleduring cornering maneuvers. ESC checkswhere you are steering and where thevehicle is actually going. ESC applies thebrakes on individual wheels andintervenes with the engine managementsystem to stabilize the vehicle.

W-78 OTD059015


265

Electronic stability control (ESC) will notprevent accidents. Excessive speed inturns, abrupt maneuvers and hydroplan-ing on wet surfaces can still result in seri-ous accidents. Only a safe and attentivedriver can prevent accidents by avoidingmaneuvers that cause the vehicle to losetraction. Even with ESC installed, alwaysfollow all the normal precautions for driv-ing - including driving at safe speeds forthe conditions.The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system is an electronic system designedto help the driver maintain vehicle controlunder adverse conditions. It is not asubstitute for safe driving practices.Factors including speed, road conditionsand driver steering input can all affectwhether ESC will be effective inpreventing a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ESC is active.

E070501AUN-EU

ESC operationESC ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, ESC and ESC OFF indi-cator lights illuminate forapproximately 3 seconds,then ESC is turned on.

• Press the ESC OFF buttonfor at least half a second afterturning the ignition ON to turnESC off. (ESC OFF indicatorwill illuminate). To turn theESC on, press the ESC OFFbutton (ESC OFF indicatorlight will go off).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tickingsound. This is the ESC per-forming an automatic systemself-check and does not indi-cate a problem.

When operatingWhen the ESC is in operation,ESC indicator light blinks.• When the Electronic Stability

Control is operating properly,you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control andindicates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the mudor slippery road, pressing theaccelerator pedal may notcause the engine rpm (revo-lutions per minute) toincrease.

-

5 27


E070502AUN-EU

ESC operation offESC OFF state

• To cancel ESC operation,press the ESC OFF button(ESC OFF indicator light illu-minates).

• If the ignition switch is turnedto LOCK position when ESCis off, ESC remains off. Uponrestarting the engine, theESC will automatically turnon again. E070503AUN-EU

Indicator lightWhen the ignition switch is turned ON,the indicator light illuminates, then goesoff if ESC system is operating normally.The ESC indicator light blinks wheneverESC is operating.The ESC indicator light blinks wheneverESC is operating or illuminates whenESC fails to operate.The ESC OFF indicator light comes onwhen the ESC is turned off with the but-ton.Driving with varying tire or wheel sizesmay cause the ESC system to malfunc-tion. When replacing tires, make surethey are the same size as your originaltires.

■ ESC indicator light

■ ESC OFF indicator light

WARNING- Electronic stability control

Drive carefully even though yourvehicle has Electronic StabilityControl. It can only assist you inmaintaining control under certaincircumstances.


285

E070504ATD-EU

ESC OFF usageWhen driving• It’s a good idea to keep the ESC turned

on for daily driving whenever possible.• To turn ESC off while driving, press the

ESC OFF button while driving on a flatroad surface.

Never press the ESC OFF button whileESC is operating (ESC indicator lightblinks).If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat-ing, the vehicle may slip out of control.

E070600ATD

Good braking practices• Check to be sure the parking brake is

not engaged and that the parkingbrake indicator light is out before driv-ing away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the vehicle is washed. Wetbrakes can be dangerous! Your vehiclewill not stop as quickly if the brakes arewet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicleto pull to one side.To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returns tonormal, taking care to keep the vehicleunder control at all times. If the brakingaction does not return to normal, stopas soon as it is safe to do so and callan authorized Kia dealer for assis-tance.

• Don't coast down hills with the vehicleout of gear. This is extremely haz-ardous. Keep the vehicle in gear at alltimes, use the brakes to slow down,then shift to a lower gear so thatengine braking will help you maintain asafe speed.

WARNING - Operating ESCNever press the ESC OFF buttonwhile ESC is operating.If the ESC is turned off while ESC isoperating, the vehicle may go out ofcontrol.

5 29


• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal while driv-ing can be dangerous because thebrakes might overheat and lose theireffectiveness. It also increases thewear of the brake components.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thevehicle pointed straight ahead whileyou slow down. When you are movingslowly enough for it to be safe to do so,pull off the road and stop in a safeplace.

• If your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic transaxle, don't let your vehi-cle creep forward. To avoid creepingforward, keep your foot firmly on thebrake pedal when the vehicle isstopped.

• Be cautious when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake andplace the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle). If your vehicle isfacing downhill, turn the front wheelsinto the curb to help keep the vehiclefrom rolling. If your vehicle is facinguphill, turn the front wheels away fromthe curb to help keep the vehicle fromrolling. If there is no curb or if it isrequired by other conditions to keepthe vehicle from rolling, block thewheels.

• Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk that theparking brake may freeze, apply it onlytemporarily while you put the shift leverin P (automatic transaxle) or in first orreverse gear (manual transaxle) andblock the rear wheels so the vehiclecannot roll. Then release the parkingbrake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on the upgradewith the accelerator pedal. This cancause the transaxle to overheat.Always use the brake pedal or parkingbrake.


305

E090000AHM-EU

The cruise control system allows you toprogram the vehicle to maintain a con-stant speed without depressing theaccelerator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).If the cruise control is left on, (CRUISEindicator light in the instrument clusterilluminated) the cruise control can beswitched on accidentally. Keep the cruisecontrol system off (CRUISE indicatorlight OFF) when the cruise control is notin use, to avoid inadvertently setting aspeed.Use the cruise control system only whentraveling on open highways in goodweather.Do not use the cruise control when driv-ing in heavy or varying traffic, or on slip-pery (rainy, icy or snow-covered) or wind-ing roads or over 6% up-hill or down-hillroads.

✽✽ NOTICEDuring normal cruise control operation,when the SET switch is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes,the cruise control will energize afterapproximately 3 seconds. This delay isnormal.

E090100ATD-EU

To set cruise control speed:1. Press the CRUISE ON-OFF button on

the steering wheel to turn the systemon. The CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 25 mph (40 km/h).

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OTD059020L

WARNING - Misuse cruisecontrol

Do not use cruise control if the traf-fic situation does not allow you todrive safely at a constant speedand with sufficient distance to thevehicle in front.

5 31


3. Move the lever (1) down (to SET-), andrelease it at the desired speed. TheSET indicator light in the instrumentcluster will illuminate. Release the accel-erator at the same time. The desiredspeed will automatically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may slowdown or speed up slightly while goingdownhill.

E090200ATD-EU

To increase cruise control setspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever (1) up (to RES+) and

hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the lever at the speed youwant.

• Move the lever (1) up (to RES+) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will increase by 1.0 mph (1.6km/h ) each time the lever is operated inthis manner.

E090300ATD-EU

To decrease the cruising speed:Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever (1) down (to SET-) and

hold it. Your vehicle will gradually slowdown. Release the lever at the speedyou want to maintain.

• Move the lever (1) down (to SET-) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will decrease by 1.0 mph (1.6km/h) each time the lever is operated inthis manner.

OTD059021L OTD059022L OTD059021L


325

E090400ATD

To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarily whenthe cruise control is on, depress theaccelerator pedal. Increased speed willnot interfere with the cruise control oper-ation or change the set speed.To return to the set speed, take your footoff the accelerator.

E090500ATD-EU

To cancel cruise control, do oneof the following:• Depress the brake pedal.• Depress the clutch pedal with a manu-

al transaxle.• Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic

transaxle.• Press the CANCEL switch.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower than

the memory speed by 9 mph (15 km/h).• Decrease the vehicle speed to less

than approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

Each of these actions will cancel cruisecontrol operation (the SET indicator lightin the instrument cluster will go off), but itwill not turn the system off. If you wish toresume cruise control operation, movethe lever up (to RES+). You will return toyour previously preset speed.

OTD059023L

5 33


E090600ATD-EU

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 25 mph(40 km/h):If any method other than the CRUISEON-OFF switch was used to cancelcruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the most recent set speed willautomatically resume when you movethe lever (1) up (to RES+).It will not resume, however, if the vehiclespeed has dropped below approximately25 mph (40 km/h).

E090700ATD

To turn cruise control off, do oneof the following:• Press the CRUISE ON-OFF button

(the CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will go off).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions will cancel thecruise control operation. If you want toresume the cruise control operation,repeat the steps provided in “To setcruise control speed” on the previouspage.OTD059022L


345

E100000AHM-EU

Your vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, where youdrive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects how manymiles (kilometers) you can get from a gal-lon (liter) of fuel. To operate your vehicleas economically as possible, use the fol-lowing driving suggestions to help savemoney in both fuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-

ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" startsor full-throttle shifts and maintain asteady cruising speed. Don't racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to the traffic so you don't have tochange speeds unnecessarily. Avoidheavy traffic whenever possible.Always maintain a safe distance fromother vehicles so you can avoid unnec-essary braking. This also reducesbrake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your vehicleuses. Driving at a moderate speed,especially on the highway, is one of themost effective ways to reduce fuel con-sumption.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This canincrease fuel consumption and alsoincrease wear on these components.In addition, driving with your foot rest-ing on the brake pedal may cause thebrakes to overheat, which reducestheir effectiveness and may lead tomore serious consequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tirewear. Check the tire pressures at leastonce a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment canresult from hitting curbs or driving toofast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tire wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your vehicle in good condition.For better fuel economy and reducedmaintenance costs, maintain your vehi-cle in accordance with the mainte-nance schedule in section 7. If youdrive your vehicle in severe conditions,more frequent maintenance is required(see section 7 for details).

• Keep your vehicle clean. For maximumservice, your vehicle should be keptclean and free of corrosive materials. Itis especially important that mud, dirt,ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulateon the underside of the vehicle. Thisextra weight can result in increasedfuel consumption and also contributeto corrosion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessaryweight in your vehicle. Weight reducesfuel economy.

• Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION

5 35


• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in a veryhigh gear resulting in engine bucking. Ifthis happens, shift to a lower gear.Over-revving is racing the enginebeyond its safe limit. This can be avoid-ed by shifting at the recommendedspeed.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is operat-ed by engine power so your fuel econ-omy is reduced when you use it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offset some ofthis loss, slow down when driving inthese conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-dition is important both for economy andsafety. Therefore, have an authorized Kiadealer perform scheduled inspectionsand maintenance.

WARNING - Engine off dur-ing motion

Never turn the engine off to coastdown hills or anytime the vehicle isin motion. The power steering andpower brakes will not functionproperly without the engine run-ning. In addition, turning off theignition while driving could engagethe steering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering. Keep theengine on and downshift to anappropriate gear for engine brakingeffect.


365

E110100APA

Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud, sand, or similar hazards, followthese suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.• Avoid sudden braking or steering.• When braking with non-ABS brakes

pump the brake pedal with a light up-and-down motion until the vehicle isstopped.

Do not pump the brake pedal on a vehi-cle equipped with ABS.• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, use

second gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, orother non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction when stalledin ice, snow, or mud.

E110200AAM-EU

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to freeit from snow, sand, or mud, first turn thesteering wheel right and left to clear thearea around your front wheels. Then, shiftback and forth between 1st (First) and R(Reverse) in vehicles equipped with amanual transaxle or R (Reverse) and anyforward gear in vehicles equipped with anautomatic transaxle. Do not race theengine, and spin the wheels as little aspossible. If you are still stuck after a fewtries, have the vehicle pulled out by a towvehicle to avoid engine overheating andpossible damage to the transaxle.The ESC system (if equipped) should beturned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

WARNING - DownshiftingDo not downshift with an automatictransaxle while driving on slipperysurfaces. The sudden change intire speed could cause the tires toskid and result in an accident.

CAUTION - Vehicle rockingProlonged rocking may causeengine overheating, transaxle dam-age or failure, and tire damage.

5 37


E110300AUN

Smooth corneringAvoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tire wear will be heldto a minimum.

E110400AUN

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight, hereare some important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

OUN056051 OMC035004WARNING - Sudden vehicle movement

Do not attempt to rock the vehicle ifpeople or objects are nearby. Thevehicle may suddenly move for-ward or backwards as it becomesunstuck.

CAUTION - Spinning tiresDo not spin the wheels, especiallyat speeds more than 35 mph (56km/h). Spinning the wheels at highspeeds when the vehicle is station-ary could cause a tire to overheatwhich could result in tire damage.


385

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed on vehicles not equippedwith the automatic headlight aimingfeature. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blinded, and it will takeseveral seconds for your eyes to read-just to the darkness.

E110500AUN

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re not pre-pared for the slick pavement. Here are afew things to consider when driving in therain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to

see and will increase the distanceneeded to stop your vehicle, so slowdown.

• Keep your windshield wiping equip-ment in good shape. Replace yourwindshield wiper blades when theyshow signs of streaking or missingareas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condition,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. Be sure your tires are ingood shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal braking oper-ation returns.

E110600AUN

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be affected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes while the vehicle is moving slowly.

1JBB3303

5 39


E110700AUN

Highway drivingTires Adjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires whichmay result in reduced traction or tire fail-ure.Never exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure shown on the tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oilHigh speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both the engine coolant andengine oil.

Drive beltA loose or damaged drive belt may over-heat the engine.

WARNING - Under/overinflated tires

Always check the tires for properinflation before driving.Underinflated or overinflated tirescan cause poor handling, loss ofvehicle control, and sudden tire fail-ure leading to accidents, injuries,and even death. For proper tirepressures, refer to “Tires andwheels” in section 8.

WARNING - Tire treadAlways check the tire tread beforedriving your vehicle. Worn-out tirescan result in loss of vehicle control.Worn-out tires should be replacedas soon as possible. For furtherinformation and tread limits, referto "Tires and wheels" in section 7.


405

E120000ASA

Severe weather conditions in the winterresult in greater wear and other prob-lems. To minimize the problems of winterdriving, you should follow these sugges-tions:

E120100AUN-EU

Snowy or Icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tires or toinstall tire chains on your tires. If snowtires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and type of theoriginal equipment tires. Failure to do somay adversely affect the safety and han-dling of your car. Furthermore, speeding,rapid acceleration, sudden brake appli-cations, and sharp turns are potentiallyvery hazardous practices.During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids. You need to keep sufficient dis-tance between the vehicle in operation infront and your vehicle. Also, apply thebrake gently. It should be noted thatinstalling tire chains on the tire will pro-vide greater driving force, but will not pre-vent side skids.Tire chains are not legal in all states.Check state laws before fitting tirechains.

E120101AUN

Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,make sure they are radial tires of thesame size and load range as the originaltires. Mount snow tires on all four wheelsto balance your vehicle’s handling in allweather conditions. Keep in mind that thetraction provided by snow tires on dryroads may not be as high as your vehi-cle's original equipment tires. You shoulddrive cautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer for max-imum speed recommendations.Do not install studded tires without firstchecking local, state and municipal regu-lations for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

WINTER DRIVING

1JBB3305

5 41


E120102ATD-EU

Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires arethinner, they can be damaged by mount-ing some types of snow chains on them.Therefore, the use of snow tires is rec-ommended instead of snow chains. Donot mount tire chains on vehiclesequipped with aluminum wheels; snowchains may cause damage to the wheels.If snow chains must be used, use wire-type chains with a thickness of less than0.59 in (15 mm). Damage to your vehiclecaused by improper snow chain use isnot covered by your vehicle manufactur-ers warranty.Install tire chains only on the front tires.

The snow chain connecting hooks maybe damaged from contacting vehiclecomponents causing the snow chains tocome loose from the tire. Make sure thesnow chains are SAE class “S” certified.Always check chain installation for prop-er mounting after driving approximately0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5 to 1 km) to ensuresafe mounting. Retighten or remount thechains if they are loose.

Chain installation When installing chains, follow the manu-facturer's instructions and mount them astightly as you can. Drive slowly withchains installed. If you hear the chainscontacting the body or chassis, stop andtighten them. If they still make contact,slow down until it stops. Remove thechains as soon as you begin driving oncleared roads.When mounting snow chains, park thevehicle on level ground away from traffic.Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warningflashers and place a triangular emer-gency warning device behind the vehicleif available.

CAUTION - Snow chainsMake sure the snow chains are thecorrect size and type for your tires.Incorrect snow chains can causedamage to the vehicle body andsuspension and may not be cov-ered by your vehicle manufacturerwarranty.

1JBA4068


425

• The use of chains may adversely affectvehicle handling.

• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h) or thechain manufacturer’s recommendedspeed limit, whichever is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, sharp turns, and other road haz-ards, which may cause the vehicle tobounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheelbraking.

E120200AUN

Use high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and preventsfreezing. Be sure to replace or replenishyour coolant in accordance with themaintenance schedule in section 7.Before winter, have your coolant tested toassure that its freezing point is sufficientfor the temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

E120300AUN

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in section7. The level of charge in your battery canbe checked by an authorized Kia dealeror a service station.

E120400AUN

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See section 8for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consultan authorized Kia dealer.

E120500AUN

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs as described insection 7 and replace them if necessary.Also check all ignition wiring and compo-nents to be sure they are not cracked,worn or damaged in any way.

CAUTION - Snow chains• Chains that are the wrong size or

improperly installed can damageyour vehicle's brake lines, sus-pension, body and wheels.

• Stop driving and retighten thechains any time you hear themhitting the vehicle.

5 43


E120600AUN

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock isfrozen internally, you may be able to thawit out by using a heated key. Handle theheated key with care to avoid injury.

E120700AUN

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedwindow washer anti-freeze solution inaccordance with instructions on the con-tainer. Window washer anti-freeze isavailable from an authorized Kia dealerand most auto parts outlets. Do not useengine coolant or other types of anti-freeze as these may damage the paintfinish.

E120800APB

Don't let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged position.This is most likely to happen when thereis an accumulation of snow or ice aroundor near the rear brakes or if the brakesare wet. If there is a risk the parkingbrake may freeze, apply it only temporar-ily while you put the shift lever in P (auto-matic transaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Thenrelease the parking brake.

E120900AUN

Don't let ice and snow accumu-late underneathUnder some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the car to be sure the move-ment of the front wheels and the steeringcomponents is not obstructed.

E121000ASA

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of the weath-er you should carry appropriate emer-gency equipment. Some of the items youmay want to carry include tire chains, towstraps or chains, flashlight, emergencyflares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, awindow scraper, gloves, ground cloth,coveralls, a blanket, etc.

TRAILER TOWINGE14000ABH

We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.


445

E150100AUN

Tire and loading information labelThe label located on the driver's doorsill gives the original tire size, coldtire pressures recommended for yourvehicle, the number of people thatcan be in your vehicle and vehiclecapacity weight.

E150101AAM

Vehicle capacity weight:849 lbs. (385 kg)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo. If your vehicle is equippedwith a trailer, the combined weightincludes the tongue load.

E150102AAM

Seating capacity:Total : 5 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry.However, the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried or towed.Do not overload the vehicle as thereis a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

OTD050030N

OTD050031N

OTD050032N

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

5 45


E150103AAM

Towing capacity:We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

E150104AUN

Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants and the tongue load, ifyour vehicle is equipped with a trailer.

R1-090003

Steps For Determining Correct LoadLimit -1. Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle'splacard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe "XXX" amount equals 1400lbs. and there will be five 150 lbs.passengers in your vehicle, theamount of available cargo and lug-gage load capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight maynot safely exceed the availablecargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-er, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of yourvehicle.


465

C190F03JM

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity 849 lbs

Weight (385 kg)Subtract Occupant

B Weight 805 lbs

161 lbs (73 kg) × 5(365 kg)

CAvailable Cargo and 44 lbs

Luggage weight (20 kg)

A B C

Example 3

C190F02JM




B Weight 750 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 5(340 kg)



A B C

Example 2

C190F01JM




B Weight 300 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 2(136 kg)



Example 1

A B C

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weightand seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle'scapacity weight.

5 47


E150200AUN

Certification labelThe certification label is located onthe driver's door sill at the center pil-lar.This label shows the maximumallowable weight of the fully loadedvehicle. This is called the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

To find out the actual loads on yourfront and rear axles, you need to goto a weigh station and weigh yourvehicle.Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out your loadequally on both sides of the center-line.

The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle- like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else - they are moving asfast as the vehicle. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is a crash,the items will keep going and cancause an injury if they strike the driv-er or a passenger.OEN056020

WARNING - Over loadingNever exceed the GVWR foryour vehicle, the GAWR foreither the front or rear axle andvehicle capacity weight.Exceeding these ratings canaffect your vehicle’s handlingand braking ability.


485

✽✽ NOTICEOverloading your vehicle may causedamage. Repairs would not be cov-ered by your warranty. Do not over-load your vehicle.

WARNING - Over loadingDo not overload your vehicle.Overloading your vehicle cancause heat buildup in your vehi-cle's tires and possible tire fail-ure, increased stopping dis-tances and poor vehicle han-dling--all of which may result ina crash.

WARNING - Loose cargoDo not travel with unsecuredblunt objects in the passengercompartment of your vehicle(e.g. suit cases or unsecuredchild seats). These items maystrike occupant during a sud-den stop or crash.

5 49


E160000AUN

This section will guide you in the properloading of your vehicle and/or trailer, tokeep your loaded vehicle weight within itsdesign rating capability, with or without atrailer. Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehicledesign performance. Before loading yourvehicle, familiarize yourself with the fol-lowing terms for determining your vehi-cle's weight ratings, with or without atrailer, from the vehicle's specificationsand the compliance label:

E160100AUN

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle includinga full tank of fuel and all standard equip-ment. It does not include passengers,cargo, or optional equipment.

E160200AUN

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your dealerplus any aftermarket equipment.

E160300AUN

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight added tothe Base Curb Weight, including cargoand optional equipment.

E160400AUN

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) - including vehiclecurb weight and all payload.

E160500AUN

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). These numbers are shown onthe compliance label.The total load on each axle must neverexceed its GAWR.

E160600AUN

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plus actualCargo Weight plus passengers.

E160700AUN-EU

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengers andcargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-tification label located on the driver’sdoor sill.

VEHICLE WEIGHT

6

Road warning / 6-2In case of an emergency while driving / 6-2If the engine will not start / 6-3Emergency starting / 6-4If the engine overheats / 6-6Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) / 6-7If you have a flat tire / 6-12Towing / 6-20



26

ROAD WARNING

F010100AUN

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.Depress the flasher switch with the igni-tion switch in any position. The flasherswitch is located in the center consoleswitch panel. All turn signal lights willflash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using thehazard warning flasher while the vehi-cle is being towed.

F020100AUN-EU

If the engine stalls at a crossroador crossingIf the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push the vehi-cle to a safe place.

F020200APB

If you have a flat tire while drivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal

and let the vehicle slow down whiledriving straight ahead. Do not apply thebrakes immediately or attempt to pulloff the road as this may cause a loss ofcontrol. When the vehicle has sloweddown to such a speed that it is safe todo so, brake carefully and pull off theroad. Drive off the road as far as possi-ble and park on a firm level ground. Ifyou are on a divided highway, do notpark in the median area between thetwo traffic lanes.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYWHILE DRIVING

OTD061001N

6 3


2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn onyour emergency hazard flashers, setthe parking brake and put the transaxlein P (automatic transaxle) or reverse(manual transaxle).

3.Have all passengers get out of thevehicle. Be sure they all get out on theside of the vehicle that is away fromtraffic.

4.When changing a flat tire, follow theinstruction provided later in this sec-tion.

F020300AHM

If engine stalls while driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact anauthorized Kia dealer or seek otherqualified assistance.

F030100APB

If the engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly1. If your vehicle has an automatic

transaxle, be sure the shift lever is in N(Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer-gency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operate thestarter, the battery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to besure they are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to startit. See instructions for "Jump starting".

F030200AHM

If engine turns over normally butdoes not start1. Check fuel level.2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK

position, check all connectors at theignition coil and spark plugs.Reconnect any that may be discon-nected or loose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine com-partment.

4. If the engine still does not start, call anauthorized Kia dealer or seek otherqualified assistance.

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

WARNING - Push/pull startDo not push or pull the vehicle tostart it. Push or pull starting maycause the catalytic converter tooverload and create a fire hazard.


46

EMERGENCY STARTING

F040000AUN

Connect cables in numerical order anddisconnect in reverse order.

F040100AHM-U1

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm toyourself or damage to your vehicle orbattery, follow these jump starting proce-dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom-mend that you have a competent techni-cian or towing service jump start yourvehicle.

CAUTION - 12 volt batteryUse only a 12-volt jumper system.You can damage a 12-volt startingmotor, ignition system, and otherelectrical parts beyond repair byuse of a 24-volt power supply (eithertwo 12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - BatteryKeep all flames or sparks awayfrom the battery. The battery pro-duces hydrogen gas which willexplode if exposed to flame orsparks.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery as thismay cause the battery to rupture orexplode.

WARNING - Frozen batteries

Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged battery isfrozen or if the electrolyte level islow as the battery may rupture orexplode.

WARNING - Sulfuric acidrisk

When jump starting your vehicle becareful not to get acid on yourself,your clothing or on the vehicle.Automobile batteries contain sulfu-ric acid. This is poisonous andhighly corrosive.

1VQA4001

Discharged battery

Jumper Cables

Booster battery

(-)

(+)

(+)(-)

6 5


F040101AUN

Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-

volt and that its negative terminal isgrounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles totouch.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence shown in the illustration.First connect one end of a jumpercable to the positive terminal of thedischarged battery (1), then connectthe other end to the positive terminalon the booster battery (2).Proceed to connect one end of theother jumper cable to the negative ter-minal of the booster battery (3), thenthe other end to a solid, stationary,metallic point (for example, the enginelifting bracket) away from the battery(4). Do not connect it to or near anypart that moves when the engine iscranked.

Do not allow the jumper cables to con-tact anything except the correct batteryterminals or the correct ground. Do notlean over the battery when makingconnections.

5. Start the engine of the vehicle with thebooster battery and let it run at 2,000rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-cle with the discharged battery.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent, you should have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

F040200AUN

Push-starting Your manual transaxle-equipped vehicleshould not be push-started because itmight damage the emission control sys-tem.Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle cannot be push-started.Follow the directions in this section forjump-starting.

WARNING - Tow startingvehicle

Never tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge forwardwhen the engine starts could causea collision with the tow vehicle.

CAUTION - Battery cablesDo not connect the jumper cablefrom the negative terminal of thebooster battery to the negative ter-minal of the discharged battery.This can cause the discharged bat-tery to overheat and crack, releas-ing battery acid.


66

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSF050000ATD

If your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you will experience a loss ofpower, or hear loud pinging or knocking,the engine is probably too hot. If this hap-pens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as itis safe to do so.

2. Place the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or neutral (manualtransaxle) and set the parking brake. Ifthe air conditioning is on, turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running out underthe vehicle or steam is coming outfrom underneath the hood, stop theengine. Do not open the hood until thecoolant has stopped running or thesteaming has stopped. If there is novisible loss of engine coolant and nosteam, leave the engine running andcheck to be sure the engine coolingfan is operating. If the fan is not run-ning, turn the engine off.

4. Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If the drivebelt seems to be satisfactory, check forcoolant leaking from the radiator,hoses or under the vehicle. (If the airconditioning had been in use, it is nor-mal for cold water to be draining fromit when you stop).

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor engine coolant leaks, stop theengine immediately and call the near-est authorized Kia dealer for assis-tance.

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the engine tem-perature has returned to normal. Then,if coolant has been lost, carefully addcoolant to the reservoir to bring thefluid level in the reservoir up to thehalfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call an author-ized Kia dealer for assistance.

Serious loss of coolant indicates there isa leak in the cooling system and thisshould be checked as soon as possibleby an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING - Under thehood

While the engine is running, keephair, hands and clothing away frommoving parts such as the fan anddrive belts.

WARNING - Radiator capDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. This canallow coolant to be blown out of theopening and cause serious burns.

6 7


TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)

(1) Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tire inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pres-sure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire causes thetire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reducesfuel efficiency and tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire mainte-nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-bility to maintain correct tire pres-sure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumina-tion of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMS mal-function indicator is combined withthe low tire pressure telltale. Whenthe system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximate-ly one minute and then remain con-tinuously illuminated. This sequencewill continue upon subsequent vehi-cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-tion exists. When the malfunctionindicator is illuminated, the systemmay not be able to detect or signallow tire pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alter-nate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to function proper-ly.

OTF060001


86

If the TPMS indicator does not illumi-nate for 3 seconds when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position orengine is running, or If it comes onafter blinking for approximately oneminute, take your car to your nearestauthorized kia dealer and have thesystem checked.

Low tire pressure tell-tale

When the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning indicator is illuminat-ed, one or more of your tires is sig-nificantly under-inflated.If the telltale illuminates, immediatelyreduce your speed, avoid hard cor-nering and anticipate increased stop-ping distances. You should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible.Inflate the tires to the proper pres-sure as indicated on the vehicle’splacard or tire inflation pressure labellocated on the driver’s side center pil-lar outer panel. If you cannot reach aservice station or if the tire cannothold the newly added air, replace thelow pressure tire with the spare tire.Then the Low Tire Pressure telltalemay flash for approximately oneminute and then remain continuouslyilluminated after restarting and about20 minutes of continuous drivingbefore you have the low pressure tirerepaired and replaced on the vehicle.

In winter or cold weather, the low tirepressure telltale may be illuminated ifthe tire pressure was adjusted to therecommended tire inflation pressurein warm weather. It does not meanyour TPMS is malfunctioningbecause the decreased temperatureleads to a proportional lowering oftire pressure.When you drive your vehicle from awarm area to a cold area or from acold area to a warm area, or the out-side temperature is greatly higher orlower, you should check the tire infla-tion pressure and adjust the tires tothe recommended tire inflation pres-sure.

6 9


TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator

The TPMS malfunction indicator willilluminate after it blinks for approxi-mately one minute when there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitoring System. If the system isable to correctly detect an under infla-tion warning at the same time as sys-tem failure then it will illuminate theTPMS malfunction indicator.Have the system checked by anauthorized kia dealer as soon aspossible to determine the cause ofthe problem.The TPMS malfunction indicator maybe illuminated if the vehicle is movingaround electric power supply cablesor radios transmitter such as atpolice stations, government and pub-lic offices, broadcasting stations, mil-itary installations, airports, or trans-mitting towers, etc. This can interferewith normal operation of the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS).

The TPMS malfunction indicator mayilluminate if snow chains or someseparately purchased devices suchas notebook computers, mobilecharger, remote starter, navigationetc. are used in the vehicle. This caninterfere with normal operation of theTire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS).

WARNING - Low pressuredamage

Do not drive on low pressuretires. Significantly low tire pres-sure can cause the tires to over-heat and fail making the vehicleunstable resulting in increasedbraking distances and a loss ofvehicle control.


106

Changing a tire with TPMSIf you have a flat tire, the Low TirePressure will come on. Have the flattire repaired by an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible orreplace the flat tire with the sparetire.

Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-ommended that you always haveyour tires serviced by an authorizedKia dealer.

Even if you replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire, the Low TirePressure Telltale will blink or remainon until the low pressure tire isrepaired and placed on the vehicle.After you replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire, the TPMSspare tire, the Low Tire Pressure tell-tale may blink or illuminate after afew minutes because the TPMS sen-sor mounted on the spare wheel isnot initiated.Once the low pressure tire is reinflat-ed to the recommended pressureand installed on the vehicle or theTPMS sensor mounted on thereplaced spare wheel is initiated byan authorized Kia dealer, the TPMSmalfunction indicator and the low tirepressure telltale will extinguish withina few minutes of driving.If the indicator is not extinguishedafter a few minutes of driving, pleasevisit an authorized Kia dealer.

If original mounted tire is replacedwith the spare tire, the TPMS sensoron the replaced spare wheel shouldbe initiated and the TPMS sensor onthe original mounted wheel shouldbe deactivated. If the TPMS sensoron the original mounted wheel locat-ed in the spare tire carrier still acti-vates, the tire pressure monitoringsystem may not operate properly.Have the tire with TPMS serviced orreplaced by an authorized kia dealer.

CAUTION - Repair agentsNEVER use a puncture-repair-ing agent to repair and/or inflatea low pressure tire. The tiresealant can damage the tirepressure sensor. If used, youwill have to replace the tire pres-sure sensor.

6 11


You may not be able identify a lowtire by simply looking at it. Alwaysuse a good quality tire pressuregauge to measure the tire's inflationpressure. Please note that a tire thatis hot (from being driven) will have ahigher pressure measurement than atire that is cold.A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3hour period.Allow the tire to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tire is cold before inflating tothe recommended pressure.The TPMS cannot alert you to severeand sudden tire damage caused byexternal factors such as nails or roaddebris.If you feel any vehicle instability,immediately take your foot off theaccelerator, apply the brakes gradu-ally and with light force, and slowlymove to a safe position off the road.

✽✽ NOTICETampering with, modifying, or dis-abling the Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) components mayinterfere with the system's ability towarn the driver of low tire pressureconditions and/or TPMS malfunc-tions. Tampering with, modifying,or disabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) compo-nents may void the warranty forthat portion of the vehicle.

This device complies with Part 15of the FCC rules.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1.This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2.This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesiredoperation.


126

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

F070100ATD

Jack and toolsThe spare tire, jack, jack handle andwheel lug nut wrench are stored inthe luggage compartment.Remove the luggage under tray outof the way to reach the equipment.(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench

F070101APB

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

Always move the vehicle completelyoff the road and onto the shoulderbefore trying to change a tire. Thejack should be used on firm levelground. If you cannot find a firm levelplace off the road, call a towing serv-ice company for assistance.Be sure to use the correct front andrear jacking positions on the vehicle;never use the bumpers or any otherpart of the vehicle for jack support.

OTD069002L

WARNING - JackDo not place any portion of yourbody under a vehicle that isonly supported by a jack sincethe vehicle can easily roll off thejack. Use vehicle supportstands.

WARNING - Changing tiresNever attempt vehicle repairs inthe traffic lanes of a public roador highway.

6 13


Do not allow anyone to remain in thevehicle while it is on the jack.Make sure any children present arein a secure place away from the roadand from the vehicle to be raised withthe jack.

F070200AFD

Removing and storing the sparetire Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise.Store the tire in the reverse order ofremoval.To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

F070300ATD-EU

Changing tires 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Shift the shift lever into R

(Reverse) for manual transaxle orP (Park) for automatic transaxle.

3. Activate the hazard warning flash-er.

ONF068004 OED066033

WARNING - Running vehi-cle on jack

Do not start or run the engine ofthe vehicle while the vehicle ison the jack as this may causethe vehicle to fall off the jack.


146

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

To prevent vehicle movement whilechanging a tire, always set the park-ing brake fully, and always block thewheel diagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.We recommend that the wheels ofthe vehicle be chocked, and that noperson remain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

1JBA6504 OTD069008

6 15


7. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tireyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame. The jacking positionsare plates welded to the framewith two tabs and a raised dot toindex with the jack.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 1 in (30 mm). Beforeremoving the wheel lug nuts, makesure the vehicle is stable and thatthere is no chance for movement orslippage.

9. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tire, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel backand forth until the wheel can beslid over the other studs.

1JBA6025 OTD069012


166

Wheels and wheel covers may havesharp edges. Handle them carefullyto avoid possible injury. Before put-ting the wheel into place, be surethat there is nothing on the hub orwheel (such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.)that prevents with the wheel from fit-ting solidly against the hub.

10. To install the wheel, hold it on thestuds, put the wheel nuts on thestuds and tighten them fingertight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it iscompletely seated, then tightenthe nuts as much as possiblewith your fingers again.

11. Lower the vehicle to the groundby turning the wheel nut wrenchcounterclockwise.

Then position the wrench as shown inthe drawing and tighten the wheel nuts.Be sure the socket is seated complete-ly over the nut. Do not stand on thewrench handle or use an extensionpipe over the wrench handle.Go around the wheel tightening everynut following the numerical sequenceshown in the image until they are tight.Then double-check each nut for tight-ness. After changing the wheels, havean authorized Kia dealer tighten thewheel nuts to their proper torque assoon as possible.Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:65~79 lb.ft (9~11 kg.m)

OTD069009

WARNING - Installing awheel

Make sure the wheel makesgood contact with the hub wheninstalled. If the contact of themounting surface between thewheel and hub is not good, thewheel nuts could come looseand cause the loss of a wheel.Loss of a wheel may result inloss of control of the vehicle.

6 17


If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting the tire pressure. If the capis not replaced, air may leak from thetire. If you lose a valve cap, buyanother and install it as soon as pos-sible.After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

Note that most lug nuts do not havemetric threads. Be sure to useextreme care in checking for threadstyle before installing aftermarket lugnuts or wheels. If in doubt, consult anauthorized Kia dealer.

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.Check the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installing thespare tire. Adjust it to the specifiedpressure, if necessary. Refer to“Tires and wheels” in section 8.

CAUTION - Reducing lugnuts

Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Your vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud willnot secure the wheel to the hubproperly and will damage thestud so that it must be replaced.

WARNING - Wheel studsDo not drive your vehicle withdamaged wheel studs. If thestuds are damaged, they maylose their ability to retain thewheel. This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a colli-sion.


186

F070301AUN-EU

Important - use of compact spare tire(if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tire. This compact sparetire takes up less space than a regu-lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than aconventional tire and is designed fortemporary use only.You should drive carefully when thecompact spare is in use. The com-pact spare should be replaced by theproper conventional tire and rim atthe first opportunity.The operation of this vehicle is notrecommended with more than onecompact spare tire in use at thesame time.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 60 psi (420 kPa).Check the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); ahigher speed could damage thetire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately 1 inch (25 mm), which could resultin damage to the vehicle.

WARNING - Spare tireDo not operate your vehicle onthis compact spare at speedsover 50 mph (80 km/h). Thecompact spare tire is for emer-gency use only. The original tireshould be repaired or replacedas soon as is possible to avoidfailure of the spare.

6 19


• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use tire chains on the com-pact spare tire. Because of thesmaller size, a tire chain will not fitproperly. This could damage thevehicle and result in loss of thechain.

• The compact spare tire should notbe installed on the front axle if thevehicle must be driven in snow oron ice.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• The compact spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.


206

TOWING

F080100ATD-EU

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by an author-ized Kia dealer or a commercial tow-truckservice. Proper lifting and towing proce-dures are necessary to prevent damageto the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies orflatbed is recommended.For trailer towing guidelines information,refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.

It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with therear wheels on the ground (without dol-lies) and the front wheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towing dollyunder the front wheels.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, thefront of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the rear.

OMC045012

OTD069010

OBH068015

CAUTION - Towing• Do not tow the vehicle backwards

with the front wheels on theground as this may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

dolly

6 21


When towing your vehicle in an emer-gency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-

tion.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

F080300ATD-EU

Emergency towingIf towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by an authorizedKia dealer or a commercial tow truckservice.If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tem-porarily towed using a cable or chainsecured to the emergency towing hookunder the front (or rear) of the vehicle.

Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle tosteer it and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, power train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.• Do not use the towing hooks to pull a

vehicle out of mud, sand or other con-ditions from which the vehicle cannotbe driven out under its own power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than thevehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other frequent-ly.

CAUTION - Towing gear position

Always place the transaxle shiftlever in Neutral (N) when towingyour vehicle. Failure to place thetransaxle shift lever in N (Neutral)may cause internal damage to thetransaxle.

OHD066005

OMG065013

Front

Rear (if equipped)


226

• Attach a towing strap to the towinghook.

• Using a portion of the vehicle otherthan the tow hooks for towing maydamage the body of your vehicle.

• Use only a cable or chain specificallyintended for use in towing vehicles.Securely fasten the cable or chain tothe towing hook provided.

• Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply it steadilywith even force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a vertical angle.Always pull straight ahead.

• Use a towing strap less than 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or red cloth(about 12 inches (30 cm) wide) in themiddle of the strap for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towing strapis not loosened during towing.

F080301AUN-EU

Emergency towing precautions• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the

steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking brake.• Press the brake pedal with more force

than normal since you will havereduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will be requiredbecause the power steering systemwill be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill, thebrakes may overheat and brake per-formance will be reduced. Stop oftenand let the brakes cool off.

OTD069011

6 23


If the car is being towed with all fourwheels on the ground, it can be towedonly from the front. Be sure that thetransmission is in neutral. Be sure thesteering is unlocked by placing the igni-tion switch in the ACC position. A drivermust be in the towed vehicle to operatethe steering and brakes.

F080400ATD

Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing, if equipped)

CAUTION - Automatictransaxle

• To avoid serious damage to theautomatic transmission, limit thevehicle speed to 15 km/h (10 mph)and drive less than 1.5 km (1mile) when towing.

• Before towing, check the auto-matic transmission fluid leakunder your vehicle. If the auto-matic transmission fluid is leak-ing, a flatbed equipment or tow-ing dolly must be used.

CAUTION - Tie-downhooks

Do not use the tie-down hooks fortowing purposes. These hooks aredesigned ONLY for transport tie-down. If the tie-down hooks areused for towing, the tie-down hooksor front bumper will be damaged.

OTD069013N

7

Engine compartment / 7-2Maintenance services / 7-3Owner maintenance / 7-5Scheduled maintenance service / 7-7Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-13Engine oil / 7-16Engine coolant / 7-17Brake/clutch fluid / 7-20Power steering fluid / 7-21Automatic transaxle fluid / 7-22Washer fluid / 7-22Parking brake / 7-23Air cleaner / 7-23Climate control air filter / 7-25Wiper blades / 7-27Battery / 7-29

Tires and wheels / 7-32Fuses / 7-46Light bulbs / 7-55Appearance care / 7-67Emission control system / 7-73California perchlorate notice / 7-76

Maintenance

Maintenance

27

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Positive battery terminal

7. Negative battery terminal

8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

9. Radiator cap

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Power steering fluid reservoir*

* : if equipped

OTD071055N-1B010000ATD

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

7 3

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICESG020000AUN

You should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Should you have any doubts concerningthe inspection or servicing of your vehi-cle, we strongly recommend that youhave an authorized Kia dealer performthis work.An authorized Kia dealer has factory-trained technicians and genuine Kiaparts to service your vehicle properly. Forexpert advice and quality service, see anauthorized Kia dealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

G020100AUN-EU

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been performedon your vehicle in accordance with thescheduled maintenance service chartsshown on the following pages. You needthis information to establish your compli-ance with the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle warranties.Detailed warranty information is providedin your Warranty & Consumer Informationmanual.

Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not covered.We recommend you have your vehiclemaintained and repaired by an author-ized Kia dealer. An authorized Kia dealermeets Kia’s high service quality stan-dards and receives technical supportfrom Kia in order to provide you with ahigh level of service satisfaction.

Maintenance

47

G020200ATD

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section, sev-eral procedures can be done only by anauthorized Kia dealer with special tools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect warran-ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-rate Warranty & Consumer Informationmanual provided with the vehicle. Ifyou're unsure about any servicing ormaintenance procedure, have it done byan authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING - Maintenancework

Do not wear jewelry or loose cloth-ing while working under the hoodof your vehicle with the engine run-ning. These can become entangledin moving parts, if you must run theengine while working under thehood, make certain that youremove all jewelry (especially rings,bracelets, watches, and necklaces)and all neckties, scarves, and simi-lar loose clothing before gettingnear the engine or cooling fans.

7 5

Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE G030000AUN

The following lists are vehicle checks andinspections that should be performed bythe owner or an authorized Kia dealer atthe frequencies indicated to help ensuresafe, dependable operation of your vehi-cle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealer assoon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labor, parts andlubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule G030101AHM

When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check the coolant level in coolant

reservoir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

G030102ATD

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-eling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• Check the automatic transaxle P (Park)function.

• Check the parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle

(water dripping from the air condition-ing system during or after use is nor-mal).

WARNING - Hot coolantBe careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure.

Maintenance

67

G030103AHM

At least monthly:• Check the coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

G030104AHM

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall) :• Check the radiator, heater and air con-

ditioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check the windshield washer spray

and wiper operation. Clean the wiperblades with clean cloth dampened withwasher fluid.

• Check the headlight alignment.• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tires and loose wheel

lug nuts.

G030105AHM

At least once a year :• Clean the body and door drain holes.• Lubricate the door hinges and checks,

and hood hinges.• Lubricate the door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate the door rubber weather-

strips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Check the power steering fluid level.• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean the battery and terminals.• Check the brake/clutch fluid level.

7 7

Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE G040000AHM-EU

Follow the Normal Maintenance Scheduleif the vehicle is usually operated wherenone of the following conditions apply. Ifany of the following conditions apply, fol-low the Maintenance Under SevereUsage Conditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy

areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in cold

temperatures and/or extremely humidclimates.

• More than 50% driving in heavy citytraffic during hot weather above 90°F(32°C).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you should inspect,replace or refill more frequently than thefollowing Normal Maintenance Schedule.After 120 months or 150,000 miles con-tinue to follow the prescribed mainte-nance intervals.

Maintenance

87

G040100ATD-EU

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULEThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for allvehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is deter-mined by whichever occurs first.R : Replace I : Inspect and, after Inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary.

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCEITEM

(1) When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory. Animproper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.

(2) For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.(3) The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel

quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuelfilter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details.

Engine oil and filter

Engine coolant (1), (2)

Fuel filter (3)

Fuel tank, filler cap, lines, connection

vapor/fuel hoses

Fuel tank air filter (CCV filter)

Air cleaner element

Spark plugs

Months

Miles x 1,000

Number of Months or Miles, whichever comes first

6 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120

7.5 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150

I I I I I

I I I I I

I I I I I

I I R I R I R I R I R

Replace every 105,000 miles or 84 months

At first, replace at 120,000 miles or 120 months;after that, replace every 30,000 miles or 24 months


7 9

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)R : Replace I : Inspect and, after Inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary.


MAINTENANCEITEM

* if equipped(3) lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing the drive belt.(4) The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.

Valve clearance

Rotate tires

(including tire pressure and tread wear)

Manual transaxle fluid*

(LEVEL AND CONDITION)

Automatic transaxle fluid*

(LEVEL AND CONDITION)

Cooling system (3)

Drive shaft and boots

- Lubricate front driveshaft u-joint

Drive belts (4)

Number of Months or Miles, whichever comes firstMonths

Miles x 1,000

6 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120

7.5 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150

I I

I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I

I I I


No check, No service required

Inspect every 40,000 miles or 48 months

Maintenance

107



MAINTENANCEITEM

* if equipped

Inspect visually the following items

1) Brake fluid / clutch* fluid

2) Brake lines, hoses and connections

3) Brake pedal and operation

4) Battery condition

5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts

6) Drum brake and linings*

7) Disc brakes and pads*

8) Exhaust pipe and muffler

9) Front suspension ball joints

10) Lubricate all locks and hinges

11) Power steering pump, belt and hoses*


Miles x 1,000

6 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120

7.5 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150


7 11

Maintenance



MAINTENANCEITEM

(5) : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia deal-er along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

* if equipped

Inspect visually the following items

12) Parking brakes

13) Steering operation and linkage

14) Suspension mounting bolts

15) Vaccum hoses

Climate control air filter*

Air conditioning compressor /

Air conditioner refrigerant / performance*

Fuel additive (5)


Miles x 1,000

6 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120

7.5 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150


R R R R R R R R R R


Add every 7,500 miles or 12 months

Maintenance

127

G040200BTD-EU

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSThe following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chartbelow for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

R

R

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

EVERY 3,750 miles OR 6 MONTHS

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

EVERY 7,500 miles OR 6 MONTHS

EVERY 80,000 miles

EVERY 60,000 miles

MORE FREQUENTLY

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K

C, E

B, I

C, D, G, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, E, F, G, H, I

C, D, E, F, G, H, I

A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

A, C, E, F, G, H, I

C, E

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

AIR CLEANER FILTER

SPARK PLUGS

DISC BRAKE/ PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/ LININGS, PARKING BRAKE

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/ LOWER

ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BSALL JOINT

DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

(FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCEOPERATION


DRIVINGCONDITION

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSA - Repeatedly driving shorts distanse of less than 5miles in normal tem-

perature or less than 10miles in freezing temperatureB - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distancesC - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roadsD - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold

weather

E - Driving in sandy areasF - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towingJ - Driving over 100 MPHK - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

7 13

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSG050100AHM

Engine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the vehicle isbeing driven in severe conditions, morefrequent oil and filter changes arerequired.

G050200AUN

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-ration and replace if necessary. Drivebelts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as neces-sary.

G050400ATD

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havean authorized Kia dealer replace anydamaged or leaking parts immediately.

G050600AUN

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap shouldbe inspected at those intervals specifiedin the maintenance schedule. Make surethat a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap iscorrectly replaced.

G050700AUN

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhoses (if equipped)Inspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact withany heat source, sharp edges or movingcomponent which might cause heat dam-age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

Maintenance

147

G050800AUN

Air cleaner filterA Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is recom-mended when the filter is replaced.

G050900AUN

Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.

G051000AHM

Valve clearance (if equipped)Inspect for excessive valve noise and/orengine vibration and adjust if necessary.An authorized Kia dealer should performthe operation.

G051100AHM

Cooling systemCheck the cooling system components,such as the radiator, coolant reservoir,hoses and connections for leakage anddamage. Replace any damaged parts.

G051200AUN

CoolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule.

G051300AUN

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)Inspect the manual transaxle fluidaccording to the maintenance schedule.

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)Automatic transaxle fluid should not bechecked under normal usage conditions.But in severe conditions, the fluid shouldbe changed at an authorized Kia dealerin accordance to the scheduled mainte-nance at the beginning of this chapter.

✽✽ NOTICEAutomatic transaxle fluid color is basi-cally red. As the vehicle is driven, the automatictransaxle fluid will begin to look darker.This is a normal condition and youshould not judge the need to replace thefluid based upon the changed color.

G051500AUN

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

G051600AAM

Brake/Clutch (if equipped) fluid Check the brake fluid level in the brakefluid reservoir. The level should bebetween “MIN” and “MAX” marks on theside of the reservoir. Use only hydraulicbrake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT4 specification.

G051700AUN

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake system includ-ing the parking brake lever and cables.

CAUTION - Specified fluidThe use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle malfunc-tion and failure.Use only specified automatictransaxle fluid. (Refer to“Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

7 15

Maintenance

G051800APA

Rear brake drums and linings(if equipped)Check the rear brake drums and liningsfor scoring, burning, leaking fluid, brokenparts, and excessive wear.

G051900AUN

Brake pads, calipers and rotorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.

G052100AUN

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

G052200AUN

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in thesteering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage.Check the dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

G052400AUN

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage.Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-essary, repack the grease.

G052500AUN

Air conditioning refrigerant (if equipped)Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage.

G052300AEN

Power steering pump, belt andhoses (if equipped)Check the power steering pump andhoses for leakage and damage. Replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately. Inspect the power steering belt (ordrive belt) for evidence of cuts, cracks,excessive wear, oiliness and proper ten-sion. Replace or adjust it if necessary.

Maintenance

167

ENGINE OIL

G060100ATD

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few

minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andreinsert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bringthe level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capaci-ties” in section 8.)

WARNING - Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may behot enough to burn you.

OTD079002 OTD079004CAUTION - Replace engine

oilDo not overfill with engine oil.Engine damage may result.

7 17

Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANTG060200AHM-EU

Changing the engine oil and filterHave engine oil and filter changed by anauthorized Kia dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

G070000APB

The high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year-round antifreezecoolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-tory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, at thebeginning of the winter season, andbefore traveling to a colder climate.

Checking the coolant level Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F (MAX) and L (MIN) marks onthe side of the coolant reservoir when theengine is cool.

WARNING - Californiaproposition 65

Engine oil contains chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer, birth defects andreproductive harm. Used engine oilmay cause irritation or cancer ofthe skin if left in contact with theskin for prolonged periods of time.Always protect your skin by wash-ing your hands thoroughly withsoap and warm water as soon aspossible after handling used oil.

WARNING - Cooling fanUse caution when work-ing near the blade of thecooling fan. The electricmotor (cooling fan) iscontrolled by engine

coolant temperature, refrigerantpressure and vehicle speed. It maysometimes operate even when theengine is not running.

OTD079050L

Maintenance

187

If the coolant level is low, add enoughspecified coolant to provide protectionagainst freezing and corrosion. Bring thelevel to F (MAX), but do not overfill. If fre-quent coolant addition is required, see anauthorized Kia dealer for a cooling sys-tem inspection.

G070101AHM-EU

Recommended engine coolant• When adding coolant, use only deion-

ized water or soft water for your vehicleand never mix hard water in thecoolant filled at the factory. An improp-er coolant mixture can result in seriousmalfunction or engine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-minum engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol-basedcoolant to prevent corrosion and freez-ing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

5°F (-15°C) 35 65

-13°F (-25°C) 40 60

-31°F (-35°C) 50 50

-49°F (-45°C) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

OMG075006

OTD072006

■ Type A

■ Type B

7 19

Maintenance

Turn the engine off and wait until it coolsdown. Use care when removing the radi-ator cap. Wrap a thick towel around it,and turn it counterclockwise slowly to thefirst stop. Step back while the pressure isreleased from the cooling system. Whenyou are sure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on the cap, using athick towel, and continue turning counter-clockwise to remove it.

G070200AHM

Changing the coolantHave the coolant changed by an author-ized Kia dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.Put a thick cloth or fabric around the radi-ator cap before refilling the coolant inorder to prevent the coolant from over-flowing into engine parts such as thealternator.

CAUTION - Removing radi-ator cap

Never attempt to removethe radiator cap whilethe engine is operatingor hot. Doing so mightlead to cooling systemand engine damage.

WARNING Radiator cap

Do not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant andsteam may blow out under pres-sure.

Maintenance

207

BRAKE/CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID

G080100AAM

Checking the brake/clutch* fluidlevel Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake/clutch* fluid, clean the areaaround the reservoir cap thoroughly toprevent brake/clutch* fluid contamina-tion.

* if equipped

If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake liningsand/or clutch disc (if equipped). If thefluid level is excessively low, have thebrake/clutch* system checked by anauthorized Kia dealer.

Use only the specified brake/clutch* fluid.(Refer to “Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

In the event the brake/clutch* systemrequires frequent additions of fluid, thevehicle should be inspected by anauthorized Kia dealer.

When changing and adding brake/clutch*fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it comein contact with your eyes. If brake/clutch*fluid should come in contact with youreyes, immediately flush them with a largequantity of fresh tap water. Have youreyes examined by a doctor as soon aspossible.

Brake/clutch* fluid, which has beenexposed to open air for an extended timeshould never be used as its quality can-not be guaranteed. It should be disposedof properly.

OTD079008

CAUTION - Brake/clutchfluid

Do not allow brake/clutch* fluid tocontact the vehicle's body paint, aspaint damage will result.

CAUTION - Proper fluidOnly use brake/clutch fluid inbrake/clutch system. Smallamounts of improper fluids (suchas engine oil) can cause damage tothe brake/clutch system.

7 21

Maintenance

POWER STEERING FLUID (IF EQUIPPED)

G090100ATD

Checking the power steering fluidlevel With the vehicle on level ground, checkthe fluid level in the power steering reser-voir periodically. The fluid should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir at the normal tem-perature.Before adding power steering fluid, thor-oughly clean the area around the reser-voir cap to prevent power steering fluidcontamination.If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel.

In the event the power steering systemrequires frequent addition of fluid, thevehicle should be inspected by anauthorized Kia dealer.• To avoid damage to the power steering

pump, do not operate the vehicle forprolonged periods with a low powersteering fluid level.

• Never start the engine when the reser-voir tank is empty.

• When adding fluid, be careful that dirtdoes not get into the tank.

• Too little fluid can result in increasedsteering effort and/or noise from thepower steering system.

• The use of the non-specified fluidcould reduce the effectiveness of thepower steering system and causedamage to it.

Use only the specified power steeringfluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubricantsor capacities" in section 8.)

G090200AEN

Checking the power steeringhoseCheck the connections for oil leaks, dam-age and twists in the power steeringhose before driving.

OTD079009

Maintenance

227

It is recommended that the automatictransaxle fluid should be checked by anauthorized Kia dealer.In severe conditions, the fluid should bechanged at an authorized Kia dealer inaccordance to the scheduled mainte-nance at the beginning of this chapter.

G120100AUN-U1

Checking the washer fluid level Check the fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plainwater may be used if washer fluid is notavailable. However, use washer solventwith antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

WARNING - Windshieldfluid

Do not drink the windshield washerfluid.The windshield washer fluid ispoisonous to humans and animals.

WARNING - Flammablefluid

Do not allow the washer fluid tocome in contact with open flamesor sparks. The windshield washerfluid clan is flammable under cer-tain circumstances. This can resultin a fire.

OTD079011

WASHER FLUIDAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEFLUID

7 23

Maintenance

PARKING BRAKE

G140100ATD

Checking the parking brake Check the stroke of the parking brake bycounting the number of “clicks’’ heardwhile fully applying it from the releasedposition. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an authorized Kiadealer.

Stroke : 6~8 “clicks’’ at a force of 44 lbs (20 kg, 196 N).

G160100ABK

Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary, andshould not be washed.You can clean the filter when inspectingthe air cleaner element.Clean the filter by using compressed air.

1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attachingclips and open the cover.

OTD079014 OTD079015OTD059010

AIR CLEANER

Maintenance

247

2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.3. Replace the air cleaner filter.4. Lock the cover with the cover attaching

clips.

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-ment more often than the usual recom-mended intervals. (Refer to“Maintenance under severe usage condi-tions” in this section.)

CAUTION - Air filter maintenance

• Do not drive with the air cleanerremoved; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner fil-ter, be careful that dust or dirtdoes not enter the air intake, ordamage may result.

• Use a Kia genuine part. Use ofnongenuine part could damagethe air flow sensor.OTD079016

7 25

Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)G170100AEN

Filter inspectionThe climate control air filter should bereplaced according to the MaintenanceSchedule. If the vehicle is operated inseverely air-polluted cities or on dustyrough roads for a long period, it shouldbe inspected more frequently andreplaced earlier. When you replace theclimate control air filter, replace it per-forming the following procedure, and becareful to avoid damaging other compo-nents.

G170200ATD

Filter replacement1. With the glove box open, remove the

stoppers on both sides.

2. Remove the climate control air filter.OTD079018 OHD076022

Maintenance

267

3. Replace the climate control air filter.4. Reassemble in the reverse order of

disassembly.When replacing the climate control air fil-ter install it properly. Otherwise, the sys-tem may produce noise and the effec-tiveness of the filter may be reduced.

OMG079027

7 27

Maintenance

WIPER BLADES

G180100AUN

Blade inspectionCommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe wiper blades with foreign matter canreduce the effectiveness of the wind-shield wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

G180200AUN

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.To prevent damage to the wiper arms orother components, do not attempt tomove the wipers manually.The use of a non-specified wiper bladecould result in wiper malfunction and fail-ure.

1JBA5122CAUTION - Wiper blades

To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

Maintenance

287

G180201AUN

Front windshield wiper blade1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper

blade assembly to expose the plasticlocking clip.

2. Compress the clip and slide the bladeassembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

1LDA5023

CAUTION - Wiper armsDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

1JBA7037

1JBA7038

7 29

Maintenance

BATTERY

G190100AAM

For best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

Always read the followinginstructions carefully when han-dling a battery.If any electrolyte gets into youreyes, flush your eyes with cleanwater for at least 15 minutes andget immediate medical attention.If electrolyte gets on your skin,thoroughly wash the contactedarea. If you feel pain or burningsensation, get medical attentionimmediately.An inappropriately disposed bat-tery can be harmful to the envi-ronment and human health.Dispose the battery according toyour local law(s) or regulation.The battery contains lead. Donot dispose of it after use.Please return the battery to anauthorized Kia dealer to be recy-cled.

OTD079019

WARNING - Risk of explosion

Keep Lit cigarettes and allother flames or sparksaway from the battery.The battery contains hydro-gen -- a highly combustiblegas, which will explode if itcomes in contact with aflame or spark.

WARNING - Sulfuric acidin batteries

Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highlycorrosive SULFURIC ACIDand electrolytes. Do notallow battery acid to con-tact your skin, eyes, cloth-ing or paint finish.Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery. Always provideventilation when working inan enclosed space.

Maintenance

307

When you don’t use the vehicle for a longtime in the low temperature area, sepa-rate the battery and keep it indoors.

G190200AUN

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged in a

short time (because, for example, theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhile the vehicle was not in use),recharge it by slow charging (trickle)for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load while thevehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.

WARNING - Recharging battery

Never attempt to recharge the bat-tery when the battery cables areconnected.

WARNING - Risk of elec-trocution

Never touch the electrical ignitionsystem while the vehicle is run-ning. This system works with highvoltage which can "zap" you.

WARNING - California proposition 65

Battery posts, terminals, and relat-ed accessories contain lead andlead compounds, chemicals knownto the State of California to causecancer, birth defects and reproduc-tive harm. Batteries also containother chemicals known to the Stateof California to cause cancer. Washhands after handling.

7 31

Maintenance

When recharging the battery, observethe following precautions:• The battery must be removed from the

vehicle and placed in an area withgood ventilation.

• Watch the battery during charging, andstop or reduce the charging rate if thebattery cells begin gassing (boiling)violently or if the temperature of theelectrolyte of any cell exceeds 120°F(49°C).

• Wear eye protection when checkingthe battery during charging.

• Disconnect the battery charger in thefollowing order.1. Turn off the battery charger main

switch.2. Unhook the negative clamp from the

negative battery terminal.3. Unhook the positive clamp from the

positive battery terminal.• Before performing maintenance or

recharging the battery, turn off allaccessories and stop the engine.

• The negative battery cable must beremoved first and installed last whenthe battery is disconnected.

G130300ATD

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Auto down window (See section 4)• Sunroof (See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)

Maintenance

327

TIRES AND WHEELS G200100AUN

Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

G200200AUN-EU

Recommended cold tire inflationpressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less thanone mile (1.6 km).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, top vehi-cle handling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressurerefer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the driver’s side centerpillar.

WARNING - Tire underin-flation

Inflate your tires consistent withthe instructions provided in thismanual. Severe underinflation(10 psi (70 kPa) or more) canlead to severe heat build-up,causing blowouts, tread separa-tion and other tire failures thatcan result in the loss of vehiclecontrol.This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OMG055004

7 33

Maintenance

• Underinflation also results inexcessive wear, poor handling andreduced fuel economy. Wheeldeformation also is possible. Keepyour tire pressures at the properlevels. If a tire frequently needsrefilling, have it checked by anauthorized Kia dealer.

• Overinflation produces a harshride, excessive wear at the centerof the tire tread, and a greater pos-sibility of damage from road haz-ards.

• Warm tires normally exceed rec-ommended cold tire pressures by 4to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do notrelease air from warm tires toadjust the pressure or the tires willbe underinflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tire inflationvalve caps. Without the valve cap,dirt or moisture could get into thevalve core and cause air leakage. Ifa valve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

Always observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the tires

are cold. (After vehicle has beenparked for at least three hours orhasn't been driven more than onemile (1.6 km) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of your sparetire each time you check the pres-sure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle. Becareful not to overload a vehicleluggage rack if your vehicle isequipped with one.

G200300AUN

Checking tire inflation pressureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

G200301AUN-EU

How to checkUse a good quality gage to check tirepressure.You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by look-ing at them. Radial tires may lookproperly inflated even when they'reunderinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1 mile (1.6 km).

Maintenance

347

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

• Inspect your tires frequently forproper inflation as well as wear anddamage. Always use a tire pres-sure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly causingpoor handling, loss of vehicle con-trol, and sudden tire failure leadingto accidents, injuries, and evendeath. The recommended cold tirepressure for your vehicle can befound in this manual and on the tirelabel located on the driver's sidecenter pillar.

• Remember to check the pressureof your spare tire. Kia recommendsthat you check the spare everytime you check the pressure of theother tires on your vehicle.

G200400AUN-EU

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

7 35

Maintenance

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

Rotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right to left.Do not use the compact spare tire fortire rotation.

G200500AUN

Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

WARNING - Mixing tiretypes

Do not mix bias ply and radialply tires under any circum-stances.This may cause unusu-al handling characteristics.

S2BLA790A

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tire

Directional tires (if equipped)

CAUTION - Wheel weightImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

Maintenance

367

G200600BHM-EU

Tire replacementIf the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

The ABS works by comparing thespeed of the wheels. Tire size canaffect wheel speed. When replacingtires, all 4 tires must use the samesize originally supplied with the vehi-cle. Using tires of a different size cancause the ABS (Anti-lock BrakeSystem) and ESC (ElectronicStability Control) (if equipped) towork irregularly.

G200601AUN

Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

OEN076053

Tread wear indicator

7 37

Maintenance

G200700BUN

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.A wheel that is not the correct sizemay adversely affect wheel andbearing life, braking and stoppingabilities, handling characteristics,ground clearance, body-to-tire clear-ance, snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer calibra-tion, headlight aim and bumperheight.

G200800AHM

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. Slow down whenever thereis rain, snow or ice on the road, toreduce the possibility of losing con-trol of the vehicle.

G200900AUN

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

G201000AUN

Tire sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

G201001AUN

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

CAUTION - WheelWheels that do not meet Kia'sspecifications may fit poorlyand result in damage to thevehicle or unusual handling andpoor vehicle control.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

Maintenance

387

G201002ATD

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)P205/55R16 89H

P - Applicable vehicle type (tiresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengervehicles or light trucks; however,not all tires have this marking).

205 - Tire width in millimeters.55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).16 - Rim diameter in inches.

89 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:6.0JX16

6.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.16 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger vehicles. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

S 112 mph (180 km/h)T 118 mph (190 km/h)H 130 mph (210 km/h)V 149 mph (240 km/h)Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

7 39

Maintenance

G201003AHM

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1609 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2009.

G201004AEN

4. Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

G201005AUN

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

G201006AUN

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

WARNING - Tire ageReplace tires within the recom-mended time frame. Failure toreplace tires as recommendedcan result in sudden tire failure,which could lead to a loss ofcontrol and an accident.

Maintenance

407

G201007ATD-EU

7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example:TREADWEAR 440 TRACTION A TEMPERATURE A

Tread wearThe tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.

Tires degrade over time, even whenthey are not being used. Regardlessof the remaining tread, we recom-mend that tires be replaced afterapproximately six (6) years of nor-mal service. Heat caused by hot cli-mates or frequent high loading con-ditions can accelerate the agingprocess.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclesmay vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tires ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.The traction grade assigned to thistire is based on straight-ahead brak-ing traction tests, and does notinclude acceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak traction char-acteristics.

7 41

Maintenance

Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C cor-responds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higherlevels of performance on the labora-tory test wheel than the minimumrequired by law.

G201100AAM

Tire terminology and definitionsAir Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward onthe tire. Air pressure is expressed inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascal (kPa).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional acces-sories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, automatictransaxle, power seats, and air con-ditioning.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascals (kPa) before a tire has builtup heat from driving.Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant, but without passengers andcargo.DOT Markings: A code molded intothe sidewall of a tire signifying thatthe tire is in compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation motorvehicle safety standards. The DOTcode includes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric des-ignator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand and date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Rear axle.

Maintenance

427

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Load Index: An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that corre-sponds to the load carrying capacityof a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire may be inflated. The maxi-mum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The loadrating for a tire at the maximum per-missible inflation pressure for thattire.Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by 150pounds (68 kg).

Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The outwardfacing sidewall bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure and shownon the tire placard.Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seat-ed.Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.Traction: The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called "wearbars," that show across the tread of atire when only 2/32 inch of treadremains.UTQGS: Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards, a tire informationsystem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus therated cargo and luggage load.

7 43

Maintenance

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tire due tocurb and accessory weight plusmaximum occupant and cargoweight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and driving by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-ly attached to a vehicle showing theoriginal equipment tire size and rec-ommended inflation pressure.

All season tires Kia specifies all season tires onsome models to provide good per-formance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires Kia specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior perform-ance on dry roads. Summer tire per-formance is substantially reduced insnow and ice. Summer tires do nothave the tire traction rating M+S(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.if you plan to operate your vehicle insnowy or icy conditions. Kia recom-mends the use of snow tires or allseason tires on all four wheels.

Snow tiresIf you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28kPa) more air pressure than thepressure recommended for the stan-dard tires on the tire label on the dri-ver's side of the center pillar, or up tothe maximum pressure shown on thetire sidewall, whichever is less.Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120km/h) when your vehicle is equippedwith snow tires.

Maintenance

447

Tire chainsTire chains, if necessary, should beinstalled on the front wheels.Be sure that the chains are installedin accordance with the manufactur-er's instructions.To minimize tire and chain wear, donot continue to use tire chains whenthey are no longer needed.

• When driving on roads coveredwith snow or ice, drive at less than20 mph (30 km/h).

• Use the SAE “S” class or wirechains.

• If you hear noise caused by chainscontacting the body, retighten thechain to avoid contact with thevehicle body.

• To prevent body damage, retightenthe chains after driving 0.3~0.6miles (0.5~1.0 km).

• Do not use tire chains on vehiclesequipped with aluminum wheels.In unavoidable circumstance, usea wire type chain.

• Use wire chains less than 0.59inches (15 mm) to prevent damageto the chain’s connection.

Radial-ply tiresRadial-ply tires provide improvedtread life, road hazard resistance andsmoother high speed ride. The radi-al-ply tires used on this vehicle are ofbelted construction, and are selectedto complement the ride and handlingcharacteristics of your vehicle.Radial-ply tires have the same loadcarrying capacity, as bias-ply or biasbelted tires of the same size, and usethe same recommended inflationpressure. Mixing of radial-ply tireswith bias-ply or bias belted tires isnot recommended. Any combina-tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or biasbelted tires when used on the samevehicle will seriously deterioratevehicle handling. The best rule to fol-low is: Identical radial-ply tires shouldalways be used as a set of four.

7 45

Maintenance

Longer wearing tires can be moresusceptible to irregular tread wear. Itis very important to follow the tirerotation interval shown in this sectionto achieve the tread life potential ofthese tires. Cuts and punctures inradial-ply tires are repairable only inthe tread area, because of sidewallflexing. Consult your tire dealer forradial-ply tire repairs.

Maintenance

467

FUSES

G210000ATD

A vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.

This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one locat-ed in the driver’s side panel bolster, theother in the engine compartment nearthe battery.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse willmelt.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and immediatelyconsult an authorized Kia dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: blade typefor lower amperage rating, cartridge type,and multi fuse for higher amperage rat-ings.

OHDC078019

Normal

Normal

Blade type

Cartridge type

Multi fuse

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire or aluminumfoil instead of the proper fuse -even as a temporary repair. It maycause extensive wiring damageand a possible fire.

CAUTION - Fuse replace-ment

Do not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

7 47

Maintenance

G210100ATD

Instrument panel fuse replacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kiadealer.If you do not have a spare, use a fuse ofthe same rating from a circuit you maynot need for operating the vehicle, suchas the cigar lighter fuse.

If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse block in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

OTD079020

Driver’s side panel

OTD079021

Maintenance

487

G210101AUN

Memory fuseYour vehicle is equipped with the memo-ry fuse to prevent battery discharge ifyour vehicle is parked without beingoperated for prolonged periods. Use thefollowing procedures before parking thevehicle for prolonged periods.

1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and

pull up the memory fuse.

If the memory fuse is pulled up from thefuse panel, the warning chime, audio,clock and interior lamps, etc., will notoperate. Some items must be reset afterreplacement. Refer to “Battery” in thissection.Even though the memory fuse is pulledup, the battery can still be discharged byoperation of the headlights or other elec-trical devices.

G210200APB

Engine compartment panel fusereplacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Remove the fuse box cover by press-

ing the tap and pulling up the cover.3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it

is blown. To remove or insert the fuse,use the fuse puller in the engine com-partment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedKia dealer.

OMG065008 OTD079023

7 49

Maintenance

G210201AAM

Multi fuseIf the multi fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Turn off the engine.2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.3. Remove the fuse panel on the right

side in the engine compartment.4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.5. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.6. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

If the multi fuse is blown, consult anauthorized Kia dealer.

OTD079025

CAUTION - Fuse panel covers

After checking the fuse panel in theengine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse panel cover to pre-vent electrical failures which mayoccur from water leaking in.

Maintenance

507

Engine compartment fuse panel

OTD079026/OTD079027

G210300ATD-EU

Fuse/Relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay box covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

Instrument panel fuse panel

7 51

Maintenance

Instrument panel fuse panel

Fuse Fuse rating Protected componentSTART 10A Transaxle Range Switch(A/T), Ignition Lock Switch(M/T), E/R Fuse & Relay Box(Start Relay)

A/CON SW 10A A/C Control Module(Auto A/C), PCMMIRR. HTD 10A Driver/ Passenger Power Outside Mirror (Defogger), A/C Control Module (Rear Defogger SW)

S/HTR 15A Front Seat Warmer LH/RH

A/CON 10AE/R Fuse & Relay Box (Blower Relay), BCM, Incar Temperature Sensor(Auto), Sunroof Control Module,A/C Control Module

HEAD LAMP 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (H/LP (HI/LO) Relay), DRL Control ModuleWIPER (FR) 25A Multifunction Switch (Wiper & Washer SW), E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Wiper Relay), Front Wiper Motor

DRL 15A DRL Control ModuleFOG LP (RR) 15A -P/WDW DR 25A Power Window Main Switch, Rear Power Window Switch LHD/CLOCK 10A Audio, BCM, Clock, Power Outside Mirror SwitchP/OUTLET 15A Power OutletDR LOCK 20A Sunroof Control Module, ICM Relay Box(Door Lock/Unlock Relay, Two Turn Unlock Relay)DEICER 15A ICM Relay Box(Windshield Defogger Relay)STOP LP 15A Stop Lamp Switch, Sport Mode Switch, Key Solenoid

ROOM LP 15ATrunk Room Lamp, BCM, Clock, Instrument Cluster (IND.), Data Link Connector, A/C Control Module,Ignition Key Ill. & Door Warning Switch, Room Lamp, Map Lamp, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module

AUDIO 15A Audio

POWER CONNECTOR

Maintenance

527

Fuse Fuse rating Protected componentTRUNK OPEN 15A Trunk Open Relay

PDM 25A -SAFETY P/WDW 25A -

P/WDW ASS 25A Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch RHP/OUTLET 15A Power OutletT/SIG LP 10A Hazard Switch

A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster(IND.)CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster(IND.), BCM, Electronic Chromic Mirror, Rheostat, Steering Angle Sensor

A/BAG 15A SRS Control Module, Clock (With Advanced A/BAG), Weight Classification Module (With Advanced A/BAG)IGN1-A 15A PDM, EPMESC Switch, EPS Control Module Control Module

HAZARD LP 15A ICM Relay Box (Hazard Relay), Hazard Switch

TAIL LP (RH) 10ARear Combination Lamp (In/Out) RH, Head Lamp RH, Shunt Connector, Passenger Power Window Switch,License Lamp RH(4DR), Illuminations, Rheostat Relay (With DRL)

TAIL LP (LH) 10AHead Lamp LH, Rear Combination Lamp (In/Out) LH, Power Window Main Switch, License Lamp(2DR), License Lamp LH(4DR)

7 53

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Description Fuse rating Protected componentALT 125A Generator, Fuse (MDPS, HTD GLASS, C/FAN, ABS 2, BLOWER, IGN 1, FOG LP (FR), ABS 1)

MDPS 80A EPS Control ModuleABS 2 40A ESC Control Module, ABS Control ModuleC/FAN 40A C/Fan LO/HI Relay

BLOWER 40A Blower RelayHTD GLASS 40A I/P Junction Box (Rear Defogger Relay)

IGN 2 30A Ignition Switch, Start Relay, Button Relay Box (ESCL Relay)

BATT 1 50AI/P Junction Box (Fuse (TAIL LAMP (LH/RH), P/WDW DR, P/WDW ASS, FOG LP (RR)/SSB,SMK, PDM), Tail Lamp Relay, Power Window Relay)

ABS 1 40A ESC Control Module, ABS Control ModuleIGN 1 30A Ignition Switch, Button Relay Box (ESCL Relay (IGN1))

BATT 2 50AI/P Junction Box (Power Connector (AUDIO, ROOM LP LAMP), FUSE (STOP LP, DEICER,HAZARD LP, DR LOCK, TRUNK OPEN))

ECU 30A Engine Control RelayFOG LP (FR) 10A Multipurpose Check Connector, Front Fog Relay, Battery Sensor

H/LP HI 20A H/LP (HI) Relay,HORN 10A Horn Relay

H/LP LO(LH) 10A Head Lamp LHH/LP LO(RH) 10A Head Lamp RH

SPARE 10A -SNSR 3 10A ECM, PCM, Vehicle Speed Sensor, Pulse Generator 'A', Stop Lamp Switch

ABS 10A Multipurpose Check Connector, ESC Control Module, ABS Control ModuleECU 3 15A Ignition Coil (#1~#4), Condenser, PCM

MULTIFUSE

FUSE

Maintenance

547

Description Fuse rating Protected componentB/UP LP 10A Inhibitor Switch, Pulse Generater 'B', Back Up Lamp SwitchSPARE 15A -SPARE 20A -

IGN COIL 20A Condenser(G4KF), Ignition Coil #1~4

SNSR 2 10AOil Control Valve (#1, #2), Camshaft Position Sensor (Intake,Exhaust), F/PUMP Relay, C/FAN LO Relay, Immobilizer Module

ECU 2 10A PCM, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oxygen Sensor (Down)

INJECTOR 10AA/CON Relay, Crankshaft Position Sensor, Oxygen Sensor (UP), Injector #1~4, Variable Intake Sensor

SNSR 1 15A PCM, Canister Close ValveECU 1 10A PCMA/CON 10A A/CON Relay

F/PUMP 15A F/FUMP Relay

FUSE

7 55

Maintenance

LIGHT BULBSG220000AHM Use only the bulbs of the specified

wattage.If you don’t have necessary tools, thecorrect bulbs and the expertise, consultan authorized Kia dealer. In many cases,it is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbsbecause other parts of the vehicle mustbe removed before you can get to thebulb. This is especially true if you have toremove the headlight assembly to get tothe bulb(s). Removing/installing theheadlight assembly can result in damageto the vehicle.

WARNING - LightsPrior to working on the light, firmlyapply the parking brake, ensurethat the ignition switch is turned tothe “LOCK” position and turn offthe lights to avoid burning your fin-gers or receiving an electric shock.

CAUTION - Light replacement

Be sure to replace the burned-outbulb with one of the same wattagerating. Otherwise, it may causedamage to the fuse or electricwiring system.

Maintenance

567

G220100ATD-EU

Headlight, position light, turn sig-nal light, side marker light andfront fog light bulb replacement(1) Headlight (High)(2) Headlight (Low)(3) Front turn signal light/Position light/

Front side marker(4) Front fog light*

* : if equipped

G220101AMG

Headlight bulb

Always handle them carefully, and avoidscratches and abrasions. If the bulbs arelit, avoid contact with liquids. Never touchthe glass with bare hands. Residual oilmay cause the bulb to overheat and burstwhen lit. A bulb should be operated onlywhen installed in a headlight.If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked,replace it immediately and carefully dis-pose of it.Wear eye protection when changing abulb. Allow the bulb to cool down beforehandling it.OHD076046

WARNING - Halogen bulbsHandle halogen bulbs with care.Halogen bulbs contain pressurizedgas that will produce flying piecesof glass if broken.

OTD079029

7 57

Maintenance

1. Open the hood.2. Loosen the retaining bolts and remove

the headlight assembly from the bodyof the vehicle.

3. Disconnect the power connector fromthe back of the headlight assembly.

4. Remove the headlight bulb cover byturning it counterclockwise.

5. Disconnect the headlight bulb socket-connector.

6. Unsnap the headlight bulb retainingwire by depressing the end and push-ing it upward. (High beam)

7. Remove the bulb from the headlightassembly.

8. Install a new headlight bulb and snapthe headlight bulb retaining wire (highbeam) into position by aligning thewire with the groove on the bulb.

9. Connect the headlight bulb socketconnector.

10. Install the headlight bulb cover byturning it clockwise.

11. Connect the power connector to theback of the headlight assembly.

12. Install the headlight assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

OTD079052L

■ High

■ Low

OTD079053L

OTD079051L

Maintenance

587

G220102APB

Turn signal light/Position light/Side marker1. Remove the socket from the assembly

by turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

2. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket

3. Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until it locksinto place.

4. Install the socket in the assembly byaligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

G220103AHM

Front fog light bulb replacementIf the light bulb does not operate, havethe vehicle checked by an authorized Kiadealer.

F220200BTD

Side repeater light bulb replace-ment (if equipped) If the light bulb is not operating, have thevehicle checked by an authorized Kiadealer.

OTD071100OTD079054L

7 59

Maintenance

G220300ATD-EU

Rear combination light bulbreplacement(1) Stop and tail light(2) Rear turn signal light(3) Back-up light(4) Tail light(5) Rear side marker

Stop/tail light and rear turn signallight■■ 5 door vehicle1. Open the tailgate2. Loosen the light assembly retaining

screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.3. Remove the rear combination light

assembly from the body of the vehicle.

■ 2 door vehicle■ 5 door vehicle

■ 4 door vehicle

OTD071101/OTD079031/OTD079031N

OTD071102

OTD071103

Maintenance

607

4. Remove the socket from the assemblyby turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

5. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket.



8. Reinstall the light assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

■■ 4door vehicle1. Open the trunk.2. Cut the connection part of the service

cover.3. Open the service cover.

OTD079032OTD071104

7 61

Maintenance

4. Remove the socket from the assemblyby turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

5. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket.



8. Install the service cover by pulling itinto the service hole.

■■ 2door vehicleIf the light bulb does not operate, havethe vehicle checked by an authorized Kiadealer.

Backup light, rear fog light or taillight■■ 5 door vehicle1. Open the tailgate.2. Loosen the retaining screw of the tail-

gate cover and then remove the cover.3. Remove the socket from the assembly

by turning the socket counter clock-wise until the tabs on the socket alignwith the slots on the assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it until thetabs on the bulb align with the slots inthe socket. Pull the bulb out of thesocket.

OTD079033 OTD071105

Maintenance

627


6. Install the socket into the assembly byaligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

7. Reinstall the tailgate cover by pushingin the screw.

■■ 4 door vehicle1. Open the trunk.2. Loosen the retaining screw of the trunk

lid cover and then remove the cover.3. Remove the socket from the assembly


4. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it until thetabs on the bulb align with the slots inthe socket. Pull the bulb out of thesocket.


6. Install the socket into the assembly byaligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

7. Reinstall the trunk lid cover by pushingin the screw.

■■ 2 door vehicleIf the light bulb does not operate, havethe vehicle checked by an authorized Kiadealer.

OTD079049LOTD071106

7 63

Maintenance

High mounted stop lightreplacement■■ 5 door vehicle1. Open the tailgate.2.Gently remove the center cover of the

rear tailgate trim.3.Disconnect the electrical connector and

washer nozzle.

4.Loosen the retaining nuts and removethe spoiler.

5.Remove the high mounted stop lightassembly (A) after loosening the nuts.

6.Reinstall a new light assembly in thereverse order of removal.

G220400ATD

■■ 4 door, 2 door vehicle1. Open the trunk2. Remove the socket from the assembly


OLM071061L

(A)

OTD071107

OLM079039

OTD079039

OTD079040

Maintenance

647

3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straightout.

4. Insert a new bulb in the socket.5. Reinstall the socket in the assembly in

the reverse order of removal.

G220400ATD

License plate light bulb replace-ment Type A1. Remove the socket from the assembly


2. Remove the lens using a flat-bladescrewdriver.

3. Remove the socket from the lens.4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight

out.5. Install a new bulb in the socket and

install the socket to the lens.6. Reinstall the lens securely.

OTD079041

OTD079042

7 65

Maintenance

Type B1. Remove the lens by pressing the tabs.2. Remove the socket by turning the

soket counter clockwise.3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight

out.4. Install a new bulb in the socket and

install the socket to the lens.5. Reinstall the lens securely.

OFD067030

Maintenance

667

G220600AHM

Interior light bulb replacement1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently

pry the lens from the interior lighthousing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straightout.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.4. Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snap thelens into place.

WARNING - Interior lightsPrior to working on the InteriorLights, ensure that the “OFF” but-ton is pressed to avoid burningyour fingers or receiving an electricshock.

Front map lamp

Room lamp

Luggage room lamp

Vanity mirror lamp

OTD079036/OTD079037 OMG075024/OTD079035

7 67

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CAREExterior careG230101AUN

Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

G230102CUN

Finish maintenanceWashing To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water.If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately.Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits. A mild soap, safe for use onpainted surfaces, may be used.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.

After washing the vehicle, test the brakeswhile driving slowly to see if they havebeen affected by water. If braking per-formance is impaired, dry the brakes byapplying them lightly while maintaining aslow forward speed.

Maintenance

687

WaxingWax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

G230103AUN

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.If your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

CAUTION - Wetting engine• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits located inthe engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

OJB037800

CAUTION - Drying vehicle• Wiping dust or dirt off the body

with a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

7 69

Maintenance

B230104AUN

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound.

G230105AUN

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter. Payspecial attention to these areas becauseit is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it. Thelower edges of doors, rocker panels, andframe members have drain holes thatshould not be allowed to clog with dirt;trapped water in these areas can causerusting.

G230106AAM

Aluminum or chrome wheel mainte-nance The aluminum or chrome wheels arecoated with a clear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or wirebrushes on aluminum or chromewheels. They may scratch or damagethe finish.

• Clean the wheel when it has cooled.• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-

gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any alkaline or acid deter-gents. It may damage and corrode thealuminum or chrome wheels coatedwith a clear protective finish.

Maintenance

707

G230107AUN

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corrosionBy using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, we produces vehicles of the highestquality. However, this is only part of thejob. To achieve the long-term corrosionresistance your vehicle can deliver, theowner's cooperation and assistance isalso required.

Common causes of corrosionThe most common causes of corrosionon your vehicle are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath thevehicle.

• Removal of paint or protective coatingsby stones, gravel, abrasion or minorscrapes and dents which leave unpro-tected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areasIf you live in an area where your vehicleis regularly exposed to corrosive materi-als, corrosion protection is particularlyimportant. Some of the common causesof accelerated corrosion are road salts,dust control chemicals, ocean air andindustrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosionMoisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. Forexample, corrosion is accelerated byhigh humidity, particularly when tempera-tures are just above freezing. In suchconditions, the corrosive material is keptin contact with the vehicle surfaces bymoisture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because itdries slowly and holds moisture in con-tact with the vehicle. Although the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain themoisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is par-ticularly important to keep your vehicleclean and free of mud or accumulationsof other materials. This applies not onlyto the visible surfaces but particularly tothe underside of the vehicle.

To help prevent corrosionYou can help prevent corrosion from get-ting started by observing the following:

Keep your vehicle cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your vehicle clean and free of cor-rosive materials. Attention to the under-side of the vehicle is particularly impor-tant.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.—, you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your vehicleat least once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

7 71

Maintenance

• When cleaning underneath the vehicle,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Do athorough job; just dampening the accu-mulated mud rather than washing itaway will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your vehicle in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your vehiclein the garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-ly corrosive and may damage paintedsurfaces in just a few hours. Alwaysremove bird droppings as soon as possi-ble.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting and cause corrosion.Check under the mats periodically to besure the carpeting is dry. Use particularcare if you carry fertilizers, cleaningmaterials or chemicals in the car.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clean waterand thoroughly dried.

Interior careG230201BHM

Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per-fume and cosmetic oil from contactingthe dashboard because they may causedamage or discoloration. If they do con-tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme-diately. See the instructions for the prop-er way to clean vinyl.

CAUTION - Electrical components

Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact withelectrical/electronic componentsinside the vehicle as this may dam-age them.

CAUTION - LeatherWhen cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), useneutral detergents or low alcoholcontent solutions. If you use highalcohol content solutions oracid/alkaline detergents, the colorof the leather may fade or the sur-face may get stripped off.

Maintenance

727

G230202AUN

Cleaning the upholstery and interiortrim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its color can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.Using anything but recommended clean-ers and procedures may affect the fab-ric’s appearance and fire-resistant prop-erties.

G230203AUN

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-bing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

G230204AUN

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow thedirections on the glass cleaner container.

CAUTION - Rear windowsDo not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

7 73

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMG270000AHM-EU

The emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Warranty &Maintenance booklet in your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all applicableemission regulations.There are three emission control sys-tems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is rec-ommended that you have your vehicleinspected and maintained by an author-ized Kia dealer in accordance with themaintenance schedule in this manual.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from misfir-

ing during dynamometer testing,turn the Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system off by pressing theESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing is com-pleted, turn the ESC system back onby pressing the ESC switch again.

G270100AUN

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system suppliesfresh filtered air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,which then pass through the PCV valveinto the induction system.

G270200AUN

2. Evaporative emission control(including ORVR: OnboardRefueling Vapor Recovery) system

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.(The ORVR system is designed to allowthe vapors from the fuel tank to beloaded into a canister while refueling atthe gas station, preventing the escape offuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

Maintenance

747

G270201AUN

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the surge tankthrough the purge control solenoid valve.

G270202AHM

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant temper-ature is low during idling, the PCSV clos-es so that evaporated fuel is not takeninto the engine. After the engine warmsup during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

G270300AUN

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions while maintaininggood vehicle performance.

G270301AUN

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle could affectits performance, safety or durability andmay even violate governmental safetyand emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.• If you use unauthorized electronic

devices, it may cause the vehicle tooperate abnormally, wire damage, bat-tery discharge and fire. For your safety,do not use unauthorized electronicdevices.

G270302AUN-EU

Engine exhaust gas precautions(carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with

other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately. If you ever sus-pect exhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with all thewindows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases contain car-bon monoxide (CO). Though color-less and odorless, it is dangerousand could be lethal if inhaled.Follow the instructions on thispage to avoid CO poisoning.

7 75

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to restart theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

G270303AAM

Operating precautions for catalyticconverters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:

• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso-line engines.

• Do not operate the vehicle when thereare signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by an authorized Kiadealer.

• Avoid driving with a extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could causethe engine to misfire, damaging thecatalytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could void yourwarranties.

WARNING - Fire• Do not park, idle or drive the vehi-

cle over or near flammableobjects, such as grass, vegeta-tion, paper, leaves, etc. A hotexhaust system can ignite flam-mable items under your vehicle.

• Also, do not remove the heat sinkaround the exhaust system, donot seal the bottom of the vehicleor do not coat the vehicle for cor-rosion control. It may present afire risk under certain conditions.

WARNING - Catalytic converter

Keep away from the catalytic con-verter and exhaust system whilethe vehicle is running or immedi-ately thereafter. The exhaust andcatalytic systems are very hot andmay burn you.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICEG280000AEN

Perchlorate Material-special handlingmay apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/haz-ardouswaste/perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:Perchlorate containing materials, such asair bag inflators, seatbelt pretensionersand keyless remote entry batteries, mustbe disposed of according to Title 22California Code of Regulations Section67384.10 (a).

7 76

Maintenance

Dimensions / 8-2Bulb wattage / 8-2Tires and wheels / 8-3Recommended lubricants and capacities / 8-4Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-6Vehicle certification label / 8-6Tire specification and pressure label / 8-7Engine number / 8-7Consumer assistance / 8-8Electrical equipment / 8-10Reporting safety defects / 8-11Online factory authorized manuals / 8-12

Specifications, Consumer information,Reporting safety defects 8

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

28

Light Bulb WattageHeadlights (Low) 55Headlights (High) 55Front turn signal 28Front side marker 8Position light 8Side repeater light* LEDFront fog light* 28Stop and tail light 28/8 or LEDRear turn signal light 27Back-up light 16Rear side marker 8High mounted stop light 16 or LEDLicense plate light 5Front map lamp* 10Center room lamp 10Trunk room lamp* 5

BULB WATTAGEI030000ATD-EU

* : If equipped

*1 : P205/55R16 tire*2 : P215/45R17 tire

■■ 4door vehicle / 5door vehicle

Item in. (mm)

Overall length 176.3 (4480)

Overall width 69.4 (1765)

Overall height 55.1 (1400)

Front tread 61.4/60.9*1/60.7*2 (1560/1546/1542)

Rear tread 61.6/61.0*1/60.9*2 (1564/1550/1546)

Wheelbase 104.3 (2650)

*1 : P205/55R16 tire*2 : P215/45R17 tire

■■ 2door vehicle

DIMENSIONSI010000ATD-EU

Item in. (mm)

Overall length4door 178.3 (4530)

5door 170.9 (4340)

Overall width 69.8 (1775)

Overall height 57.4 (1460)

Front tread 61.3/60.7*1/60.6*2 (1557/1543/1539)

Rear tread 61.6/61.0*1/60.9*2 (1564/1550/1546)

Wheelbase 104.3 (2650)

8 3


TIRES AND WHEELSI020000ATD-EU

*1 Normal load : Up to 3 persons*2 High speed : above 100 mph (160 km/h)

Front Rear Front Rear

P195/65R15 5.5J×15 32 32 32 32

P205/55R16 6.0J×16 (220) (220) (220) (220)

60 60 60 60T125/80D15 4.0T×15

(420) (420) (420) (420)

P215/45R17 7.0J×1732 32 32 32

(220) (220) (220) (220)

60 60 60 60T125/80D16 4.0T×16

(420) (420) (420) (420)

Full size tire

Compact spare tire(if equipped)

Compact spare tire(if equipped)

Wheel lug nut torque

lb•ft (kg•m, N•m)

65~79

(9~11, 88~107)

ItemTire

sizeWheel size

Full size tire

Normal speed/load*1 High speed*2/Maximum load

Cold tire inflation pressure psi (kPa)


8

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES I040000BTD-EU

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correctlubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume ClassificationEngine oil *1 *2 (drain

2.0 Engine 4.1 US qt. (3.9l)and refill, with oil filter)recommended

2.4 Engine 4.5 US qt. (4.3l) (or equivalent)

Manual transaxle fluid

2.0 Engine 2.0 US qt. (1.9l)

2.4 Engine 1.9 US qt. (1.8l)

2.0 Engine 7.5 US qt. (7.1l)Automatic transaxle fluid

2.4 Engine 7.5 US qt. (7.1l)

Power steering 0.9 US qt. (0.9l)

Coolant 6.3 US qt. (6.0l)

Brake/Clutch fluid 0.7~0.8 US qt. (0.7~0.8l)Fuel 13.7 US gal. (52l) -

Mixture of antifreeze and water (Ethylene glycol basecoolant for aluminum radiator)

FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

PSF-4

API Service SM*3, ILSAC GF-4 or above

API GL-4 (SAE 75W-85, fill for life) or other brands meeting the GL-4

specitication approved by Kia Motors Corp.

MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV, NOCA ATF SP-IV, Kia genuine ATF SP-IV

or other brands meeting the above specificationapproved by Kia motors corp.

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the

amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time,they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.

4

8 5


I040100ATD-EU

Recommended SAE viscositynumber Always be sure to clean the area aroundany filler plug, drain plug, or dipstickbefore checking or draining any lubricant.This is especially important in dusty orsandy areas and when the vehicle isused on unpaved roads. Cleaning theplug and dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engine andother mechanisms that could be dam-aged.Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperation (engine start and engine oilflowability). Lower viscosity engine oilscan provide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however, higherviscosity engine oils are required for sat-isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Usingoils of any viscosity other than those rec-ommended could result in engine dam-age.When choosing an oil, consider the rangeof temperature your vehicle will be oper-ated in before the next oil change.Proceed to select the recommended oilviscosity from the chart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Gasoline Engine Oil *1

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil ofa viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, ifthe engine oil is not available in your country, select the properengine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30


68

H010000APB

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your vehi-cle and in all legal matters pertaining toits ownership, etc.

H010010AAM

VIN label (if equipped)The VIN is also on a plate attached to thetop of the dashboard. The number on theplate can easily be seen through thewindshield from outside.

H020000AEN

The vehicle certification label attatchedon the driver’s (or front passenger’s) sidecenter pillar gives the vehicle identifica-tion number (VIN).

OMG055002

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

OVQ076002N

VIN Label (if equipped)

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

OHD086001

8 7


H030000APB

The tires supplied on your new vehicleare chosen to provide the best perform-ance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver's sidecenter pillar gives the tire pressures rec-ommended for your vehicle.

H04000AUN

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

OMG055004OTD089005

ENGINE NUMBERTIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL


88

H050000AUN

Roadside Assistance is provided on all new current model yearKia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is delivered to the firstretail buyer or otherwise put into use (in-service date), whichev-er is earlier, for a period of 60 months or 60,000 miles, whichev-er is earlier, subject to the terms, conditions and exclusions setforth in the Kia Warranty and Consumer Information Manualapplicable to your model year vehicle.KMA reserves the right to limit or deny services or other bene-fits to any owner or driver when, in KMA's judgment, the claimsand/or service requests are excessive in frequency or type ofoccurrence.

Toll free consumer assistanceKia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line is staffed from 5:00AM to 6:00 PM PST, Monday through Friday and is accessibleby dialing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542).For more information regarding assistance available, pleaserefer to your Kia Warranty & Consumer Information Manual.

Emergency roadside assistanceKia's toll free Roadside Assistance hot line is staffed 24 hoursa day, 365 days a year and is accessible by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542).Please note that you must provide your Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) to verify coverage at the time of your call. TheVIN can be found on the dash of your vehicle on the driver’sside, on the door jamb of the driver’s door, your vehicle’s regis-tration or proof of insurance card.

Kia utilizes a network of over 17,000 roadside assistanceproviders. Should you accidentally run out of fuel, require a bat-tery jump, or need help changing a tire, a Kia RoadsideAssistance Representative will dispatch someone to deliver asmall quantity of gas, change a flat tire with your inflated spare,or arrange a battery jump to allow you to proceed to your des-tination. We have access to a network of over 10,000 locksmithsto help you should you become locked out of your Kia.In the event that mechanical difficulty renders your vehicleundriveable due to a warranty-related concern, Kia’s RoadsideAssistance Representative will arrange to transport your vehicleto the nearest Kia dealer or to an alternative service location.Your vehicle must be accessible to our dispatch transport vehi-cle, as determined by our driver, to receive this service.

✽✽ NOTICERoadside Assistance benefits are not available for any Kiavehicle that has ever been or should be issued a “salvage” titleor similar “branded” title under any state’s law or has beendeclared a “total loss” or equivalent by a financial institutionor insurance company.

CONSUMER ASSISTANCE (U.S. ONLY)

8 9


Trip interruptionTrip interruption expense benefits are provided in the event thata warranty-related disablement occurs more than 150 milesfrom your home, and the repairs require more than 24 hours tocomplete. Reasonable reimbursement is included for meals,lodging, or rental car expenses.Trip interruption coverage is lim-ited to $100 per day subject to a three day maximum limit perincident. You must contact the Kia Roadside Assistance Centerto obtain pre-authorization of expenses. Once the Kia RoadsideAssistance Center gives authorization for trip interruption bene-fits, they will assist you in making the necessary arrangements.Insurance deductibles, expenses, and claims paid by yourinsurance company or other providers are not eligible for reim-bursement.Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement under Kia’sTrip Interruption Policy.

Registering your vehicle in a foreign countryIf you plan to register your vehicle in a foreign country, youshould confirm that it conforms to the regulations in that coun-try. Even if you successfully register the vehicle in a foreigncountry, you may experience the following problems and shouldtherefore consider the possibility of having to deal with them:

1. The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable. If otherthan the specified fuel is used, it could cause damage to theengine, the fuel injection system, and other fuel-related partswhich may not be covered under your New Vehicle EmissionsLimited Warranty.

2. We must, therefore, clearly state that when you leave thecountry in which you purchased your Kia new and register itin another country, problems arising from the use of fuel otherthan the specified fuel are not subject to manufacturer’s war-ranty. Because vehicles like yours may not be marketed in thenew country of registration, parts, servicing techniques andtools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may beunavailable.Even if vehicles like yours are sold there, mechanical specifi-cations required by the government may vary enough fromthe country of purchase to cause additional problems.

3. There may not be an Authorized Kia Dealer in the area inwhich you plan to register your vehicle. You may additionallyexperience difficulty in obtaining services in a foreign countryfor any number of reasons.

Further, we cannot assume any responsibility for problems thatresult from unsatisfactory service or lack of service outside ofthe United States.


108

H060000AUN

The electrical system of your vehicle is designed to performunder all reasonably expected operating conditions. However,before any additional electrical equipment is installed in yourvehicle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer, in order to ensurethat you do not void your warranty.Certain electrical equipment, or the way in which it is installed,may adversely affect the operation of your vehicle, includingsuch systems as the engine control system, the audio systemand the electrical charging system and thus potentially void allor part of your warranty.We assume no responsibility for any expense you may incur orfor any malfunction of your vehicle or any of its components orsystems that may result from the installation of additional elec-trical equipment that is not supplied, or recommended for instal-lation by, Kia.

Installation of a mobile two-way radio systemIf a mobile two-way radio system is installed improperly, or if anexcessively powerful type of system is used, other electronicsystems may be adversely affected. To avoid damage to yourvehicle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer concerning the prop-er equipment and installation.

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (U.S. ONLY)

8 11


Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet orexceed all applicable safety standards.

For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and fol-low all directions in this Owner's Manual, particularly the infor-mation under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and"WARNING".

If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regardingthe operation of your vehicle, safety issues and defects pleasecontact your Kia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line asbelow:

National Consumer Affairs ManagerKia Motors America, Inc.P.O. Box 52410Irvine, CA 92619-24101-800-333-4Kia (4542)

H070000AUN

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which couldcause a crash or could cause injury or death, you shouldimmediately inform the National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying KiaMotors America, Inc.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy cam-paign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in indi-vidual problems between you, your dealer, or Kia MotorsAmerica, Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle SafetyHotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave, SE., WestBuilding Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtainother information about motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (U.S. ONLY)


128

The following publications are electronically available onwww.KiaTechinfo.com at no charge.

Service manual:This manual covers maintenance and recommended proce-dures for repair to engine and chassis components. It is writtenfor the Journeyman mechanic, but is simple enough for mostmechanically inclined owners to understand.

Electrical troubleshooting manual:This manual complements the Service Manual by providingindepth troubleshooting information for each electrical circuit inyour vehicle.

Owner's manual:This manual describes the overall features and operating pro-cedures for the vehicle.

ONLINE FACTORY AUTHORIZED MANUALS (U.S. ONLY)

IIndex

Index

2I

Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system········3-33Air bag warning label ··················································3-56Air bag warning light ·················································3-36Curtain air bag ·····························································3-48Driver's and passenger's front air bag··························3-48Occupant detection system··········································3-39Side impact air bag······················································3-47

Air cleaner ·····································································7-23Appearance care·····························································7-67

Exterior care ································································7-67Interior care ·································································7-71

Audio system ·································································4-93Advanced lighting speaker ··········································4-95Antenna········································································4-93AUX/USB··································································4-110Aux, USB and iPod ·····················································4-96Bluetooth phone operation ········································4-121CD··············································································4-104Radio, setup, volume control, audio control ·············4-100Running iPod·····························································4-113Sirius satellite radio ···················································4-117Steering wheel audio control·······································4-94

Automatic climate control system ································4-77Air conditioning ··························································4-83Automatic heating and air conditioning······················4-78

Manual heating and air conditioning···························4-79Automatic transaxle ·······················································5-15

Ignition key interlock system ······································5-20Shift lock system ·························································5-19Sports mode ·································································5-17

Automatic transaxle fluid ··············································7-22

Battery············································································7-29Before driving ··································································5-3Brake/clutch fluid ··························································7-20Brake system··································································5-21

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ····································5-24Electronic stability control (ESC) ·······························5-25Parking brake·······························································5-22Power brakes································································5-21

Bulb wattage ····································································8-2

California Perchlorate Notice ······································· 7-76Child restraint system ····················································3-25

Securing a child restraint seat with tether anchor system··················································3-29

Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system ·································3-30

Climate control air filter ···············································7-25Consumer assistance························································8-8Cruise control system ····················································5-30

A

B

C

I 3

Index

Defroster ········································································4-66Dimensions ······································································8-2Door locks········································································4-8

Central door lock switch ·············································4-10Child-protector rear door lock·····································4-12

Economical operation ····················································5-34Emergency starting ··························································6-4

Jump starting ·································································6-4Push starting ··································································6-5

Emission control system················································7-73Crankcase emission control system·····························7-73Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:

Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) System ···········7-73Exhaust emission control system ································7-74

Engine compartment ················································2-4, 7-2Engine coolant ·······························································7-17Engine number·································································8-7Engine oil·······································································7-16ENGINE START/STOP button ·······································5-6Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ···············7-13

Fuel filler lid ··································································4-22

Fuel requirements ····························································1-3Fuses ··············································································7-46

Fuse/relay panel description········································7-50Memory fuse································································7-48Multi fuse ····································································7-49

Hazard warning flasher····················································6-2Hood···············································································4-20How to use this manual ···················································1-2

If the engine overheats·····················································6-6If the engine will not start ···············································6-3If you have a flat tire ·····················································6-12

Changing tires······························································6-13Jack and tools ······························································6-12Removing and storing the spare tire····························6-13

In case of an emergency while driving····························6-2Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ···················1-6Instrument cluster ··························································4-36

Fuel gauge ···································································4-39Instrument panel illumination ·····································4-38Odometer ·····································································4-39Speedometer ································································4-38Tachometer ··································································4-38

F

D

E

I

H

Index

4I

Tripcomputer(Tripmeter)/ECO mode··························4-40Warning and indicators················································4-44

Instrument panel overview···············································2-3Interior features······························································4-89

Cup holder ···································································4-89Digital clock ································································4-91Power outlet·································································4-90Sunvisor ·······································································4-89

Interior light ···································································4-65Interior overview······························································2-2

Key positions ···································································5-4Illuminated ignition switch············································5-4

Keys ·················································································4-2

Light bulbs ·····································································7-55Headlight, position light, turn signal light, side marker light

and front fog light bulb replacement ······························7-56High mounted stop light replacement ·························7-63Interior light bulb replacement ····································7-66License plate light bulb replacement···························7-64Rear combination light bulb replacement ···················7-59Side repeater light bulb replacement···························7-58

Lighting··········································································4-58Battery saver function ·················································4-58

Maintenance services·······················································7-3Manual climate control system······································4-68

Air conditioning ··························································4-74Climate control air filter ··············································4-75Heating and air conditioning ·······································4-69

Manual transaxle····························································5-12Mirrors ···········································································4-32

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)···································4-32Inside rearview mirror ·················································4-32Outside rearview mirror ·············································4-33

Owner maintenance ·························································7-5

Parking brake ·································································7-23Power steering fluid·······················································7-21

Recommended lubricants and capacities·························8-4Remote keyless entry·······················································4-5Reporting safety defects ················································8-11Road warning···································································6-2

K

L

M

O

P

R

I 5

Index

Scheduled maintenance service ·······································7-7Normal maintenance schedule·······································7-8Maintenance under severe usage conditions ···············7-12

Seat belts ········································································3-15Pre-tensioner seat belt ·················································3-20Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system with

emergency locking retractor······································3-17Seat belts - Front passenger and rear seat 3-point system

with combination locking retractor ···························3-18Seat belt warning ·························································3-16

Seats ·················································································3-2Armrest ········································································3-15Headrest································································3-5, 3-13Front seat adjustment·····················································3-4Rear seat adjustment····················································3-10Rear seat entry ·······························································3-9Seatback pocket ····························································3-9Seat warmer ···································································3-8

Special driving conditions ·············································5-36Driving at night ···························································5-37Driving in flooded areas ··············································5-38Driving in the rain ·······················································5-38Hazardous driving conditions······································5-36Highway driving ··························································5-39Rocking the vehicle ·····················································5-36Smooth cornering ························································5-37

Starting the engine ···························································5-9Steering wheel ·······························································4-29

Electric power steering ················································4-29Horn·············································································4-31Power steering ·····························································4-29Tilt steering··································································4-30

Storage compartment ·····················································4-87Center console storage·················································4-87Glove box ····································································4-87Sunglass holder····························································4-88

Sunroof···········································································4-25

Tires pressure monitoring system (TPMS)······················6-7Changing a tire with TPMS·········································6-10Low tire pressure telltale ···············································6-8TPMS (Tire pressure monitoring system)

malfunction indicator ··················································6-9Tire specification and pressure label ······························8-7Tires and wheels·····················································7-32, 8-3

All season tires ···························································7-43Checking tire inflation pressure ·································7-33Radial-ply tires ···························································7-44Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ················7-32Snow tires ···································································7-43Summer tires································································7-43Tire care· ······································································7-32Tire chains ··································································7-44

S

T

Index

6I

Tire maintenance ························································7-37Tire replacement ·························································7-36Tire rotation ································································7-34Tire sidewall labeling ··················································7-37Tire terminology and definitions ·································7-41Tire traction ································································7-37Wheel alignment and tire balance ·······························7-35Wheel replacement ·····················································7-37

Towing ··········································································6-20Emergency towing ·······················································6-21Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing) ····························6-23

Trailer towing ·······························································5-43Trunk ·············································································4-13

Emergency trunk safety release ··································4-14Tailgate (5 door vehicle)················································4-15

Vehicle break-in process ··················································1-4Vehicle certification label ···············································8-6Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ···········1-5Vehicle identification number (VIN)·······························8-6Vehicle load limit···························································5-44

Cargo capacity ····························································5-45Certification label ·······················································5-47Seating capacity···························································5-44Tire and loading information label······························5-44Towing capacity···························································5-45Vehicle capacity weight···············································5-44

Vehicle weight ·······························································5-49Base curb weight ·························································5-49Cargo weight ······························································5-49GAW (Gross axle weight) ··········································5-49GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ······························5-49GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ·····································5-49GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)·························5-49

Washer fluid· ··································································7-22Windows ·······································································4-17

Auto down window ·····················································4-18Power window lock button··········································4-18

Windshield defrosting and defogging····························4-84Defogging logic ···························································4-86

Winter driving································································5-40Snow tires ···································································5-40Tire chains ··································································5-41

Wiper blades ··································································7-27Wipers and washers ·······················································4-62

V

W

Documents

di-uploads-pod4.dealerinspire.com · Gasoline UNLEADED gasoline AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher Fuel Tank Capacity 13.7 gal. (52 liters) Recommended Engine Oil API Service SM